SoftBank 830SH Manual

Introduction
Thank you for purchasing SoftBank 830SH.
. For proper handset use, read this guide beforehand.
. Keep this guide in a convenient place for reference.
. Accessible SoftBank services may vary by service area, subscription, etc.
SoftBank 830SH is compatible with both 3G and GSM network technologies.
Notes
. Copying this guide in whole or part without authorization is prohibited.
. Guide content is subject to change without prior notice.
. Efforts have been made to ensure the accuracy and clarity of this guide. Please contact
Customer Service, General Information (P.13-38) about unclear or missing information.
Chapter Contents
At A Glance
Getting Started
1
Basic Operations
2
Calling
3
Messaging
4
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
5
Camera & Imaging
6
Media Player & S! Applications
7
Handy Extras
8
Communication Services
9
Handset Security
10
Connectivity & File Backup
11
Handset Customization
12
Appendix
13
i
Guide Usage Notes
Notes
.Most operation descriptions are based on default settings with handset
open (P.1-2) in Standby (P.1-6).
.Operations and results may differ by handset status.
.Sample screenshots, etc. are provided for reference only.
.Actual handset windows, menus, etc. may differ in appearance.
."(Japanese)" appears next to functions or applications which require
Japanese ability to use as intended.
ii
Table of Contents
Guide Usage Notes .......................... ii
Table of Contents ............................ iii
Accessories ...................................... v
Safety Precautions.......................... vi
1
Getting Started
Handset Parts ................................ 1-2
Charging Battery ........................... 1-4
Power On/Off ................................. 1-6
Display ........................................... 1-7
Menu Operations......................... 1-10
Keypad Lock ................................ 1-13
My Details .................................... 1-14
Mobile Manners ........................... 1-15
Security Codes ............................ 1-16
Additional Functions .................. 1-17
2
Basic Operations
Font Size ........................................ 2-2
Standby Display Options.............. 2-3
Customized Screen & S! Familiar
Usability ......................................... 2-5
Sounds & Alerts ............................ 2-6
Text Entry....................................... 2-7
User Dictionary............................ 2-12
Dictionary..................................... 2-13
Search .......................................... 2-14
Phone Book ................................. 2-15
Data Folder .................................. 2-18
Memory Card ............................... 2-21
Additional Functions .................. 2-23
3
Calling
Voice Calling .................................. 3-2
Video Calling.................................. 3-4
Speed Dial ...................................... 3-5
Call Log .......................................... 3-6
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-7
Optional Services .......................... 3-8
Additional Functions................... 3-10
Emergency Calls ......................... 3-14
4
Messaging
Messaging...................................... 4-2
Sending Messages ........................ 4-4
Additional Functions..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages .................... 4-10
Additional Functions................... 4-12
Handling Messages..................... 4-14
Chat Folder .................................. 4-17
Mail Groups.................................. 4-18
PC Mail ......................................... 4-19
Additional Functions................... 4-22
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Internet Services ........................... 5-2
Yahoo! Keitai.................................. 5-3
PC Site Browser ............................ 5-4
Browsing ........................................ 5-5
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
RSS Feeds...................................... 5-8
Additional Functions..................... 5-9
6
Camera & Imaging
Camera ........................................... 6-2
Photo Camera ................................6-4
Video Camera ................................6-5
Shooting Modes ............................6-6
Editing Images ...............................6-8
Printing .........................................6-11
Additional Functions...................6-12
7
Media Player & S! Applications
Media Player...................................7-2
Music ..............................................7-4
Video...............................................7-6
Playlists ..........................................7-8
Editing Video .................................7-9
S! Appli.........................................7-11
Additional Functions...................7-13
8
Handy Extras
Phone Help.....................................8-2
Calendar & Tasks...........................8-3
Alarms ............................................8-7
Calculator .......................................8-9
Expenses Memo ..........................8-10
Osaifu-Keitai® ...............................8-11
Pretense Call................................8-14
Stopwatch ....................................8-15
Countdown Timer ........................8-16
World Clock..................................8-17
Hour Minder .................................8-18
Document Viewer ........................8-19
Notepad ........................................8-20
Voice Recorder ............................8-21
Scan Barcode...............................8-22
Create QR Code ...........................8-23
iii
Table of Contents
Scan Card .................................... 8-24
Text Scanner................................ 8-25
S! Quick News ............................. 8-26
S! Information Channel .............. 8-27
e-Books........................................ 8-28
Additional Functions .................. 8-29
9
Communication Services
S! Town & S! Loop ........................ 9-2
S! Friend's Status ......................... 9-3
S! Circle Talk.................................. 9-7
10 Handset Security
Handset Security......................... 10-2
Additional Functions .................. 10-4
11 Connectivity & File Backup
Infrared......................................... 11-2
Mass Storage............................... 11-5
Backup ......................................... 11-6
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) ... 11-8
Additional Functions ................ 11-11
12 Handset Customization
Phone Settings............................ 12-2
Display & Key .............................. 12-3
Ringtones & Sounds................... 12-5
Text Entry & Phone Book ........... 12-6
Calling .......................................... 12-7
Messaging ................................... 12-8
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser ... 12-10
Camera....................................... 12-11
Media Player & S! Applications ....12-12
iv
Handy Extras ............................. 12-13
Communication Services ......... 12-14
Connectivity .............................. 12-15
Reset .......................................... 12-16
13 Appendix
USIM Card .................................... 13-2
Battery.......................................... 13-4
Software Update.......................... 13-5
Troubleshooting .......................... 13-6
Key Assignments ........................ 13-9
Pager Codes .............................. 13-11
Character Codes ....................... 13-12
Specifications............................ 13-18
Menu List ................................... 13-23
Index........................................... 13-29
Warranty & Service ................... 13-37
Customer Service ..................... 13-38
Accessories
Accessories
[ Battery (SHBBY1)
[ Desktop Holder (SHEAY1)
[ Utility Software (Japanese)*
*
Complimentary sample.
. For accessory-related information, please contact SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P.13-38).
. Use specified Charger (sold separately) only.
. Utility Software is designed exclusively for 830SH. Download newest versions via SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (P.13-21).
v
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
Read safety precautions before using handset.
. Observe precautions to avoid injury to self or others, or damage to
property.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this
product.
These labels indicate the degree of risk from improper use:
vi
DANGER
Great risk of death or
serious injury from
improper use
WARNING
Risk of death or serious
injury from improper use
CAUTION
Risk of serious injury or
damage to property
from improper use
These symbols indicate prohibited or compulsory actions:
$
%
&
'
(
)
Prohibited actions
Disassembly prohibited
Exposure to liquids prohibited
Use with wet hands prohibited
Compulsory actions
Unplug Charger from outlet
Safety Precautions
DANGER
Do not use supplied Desktop
Holder for other equipment.
Handset, Battery & Charger
Use specified battery, Charger and
Desktop Holder only (P.v, P.1-4).
Non-specified equipment use may cause
malfunctions, electric shock or fire due to
battery leakage, overheating or bursting.
Do not short-circuit Charging
Terminals.
Keep metal objects away from Charging
Terminals. Keep handset away from
jewelry. Battery may leak, overheat,
burst or ignite causing injury. Use a case
to carry battery.
(
$
Battery
Prevent injury from battery
leakage, breakage or fire. Do not:
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
Heat or dispose of battery in fire
Open/modify/disassemble battery
Damage or solder battery
Use a damaged or warped battery
Use non-specified charger (P.1-4)
Force battery into handset
Charge battery near fire or sources of
heat; or expose it to extreme heat
. Use battery for other equipment
. Use non-specified battery
If battery fluid gets in eyes, do not
rub; rinse with water and consult a
doctor immediately.
Eyes may be severely damaged.
Desktop Holder
$
Supplied Desktop Holder is designed
exclusively for 830SH. Do not use for
other devices; may cause overheating,
fire, electric shock or malfunction.
WARNING
Handset, Battery & Charger
Do not insert foreign objects into
the handset, Charger or Desktop
Holder.
Do not insert metal or flammable objects
into handset, Charger or Desktop
Holder; may cause fire or electric shock.
Keep out of children's reach.
Keep handset out of rain or extreme
humidity.
Fire or electric shock may result.
Keep handset away from
liquid-filled containers.
Keep handset, Charger and Desktop
Holder away from chemicals or liquids;
fire or electric shock may result.
(
$
$
$
$
Do not place battery, handset,
Charger or Desktop Holder in
ovens, microwave ovens or other
cooking appliances.
Battery or other parts may leak, burst,
overheat or ignite; may cause
malfunction, accident or injury.
Do not disassemble or modify
handset or related hardware.
. Do not open handset, Charger or
Desktop Holder; may cause electric
shock or injury. Contact SoftBank
Customer Center, Customer
Assistance for repairs.
. Do not modify handset, Charger or
Desktop Holder; fire or electric shock
may result.
If an abnormality occurs, or water/
foreign matter is inside handset:
If handset emits an unusual sound,
smoke or odor, or if water or foreign
matter is inside it, discontinue use; may
cause fire or electric shock. Turn off
handset, remove battery and unplug AC
Charger; contact SoftBank Customer
Center, Customer Assistance.
Keep handset off and Charger
disconnected near gas stations or
places with fire/explosion risk.
Handset use near petrochemicals
or other flammables may cause fire/
explosion; turn handset off before
using Osaifu-Keitai® at gas stations
(cancel IC Card Lock beforehand).
$
%
)
(
vii
Safety Precautions
Do not subject handset, Charger or
Desktop Holder to strong shocks
or impacts.
. Avoid strong shocks to AC Charger
while it is plugged into the outlet; may
cause malfunction or injury.
. Strong shocks or impacts to handset,
Charger or Desktop Holder may cause
malfunction or injury. Should handset be
damaged, remove battery then contact
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer
Assistance. Discontinue handset use;
may cause fire, electric shock or injury.
$
. Do not use handset while driving; park
beforehand. Phone use while driving
is prohibited by the Road Traffic Law
(revised November 1, 2004).
. Do not use Headphones while driving
or cycling. Accidents may result.
. Moderate volume outside, especially
near road/rail crossings, etc. to avoid
accidents.
Do not swing handset by strap.
May result in injury or breakage.
Turn handset power off before
boarding aircraft.
Using wireless devices aboard aircraft
may cause electronic malfunctions or
endanger aircraft operation.
viii
Users with a heart condition/pacemaker/
defibrillator should adjust handset
settings accordingly.
During thunderstorms, turn power
off; find cover.
There is a risk of lightning strike or
electric shock.
Charger & Desktop Holder
Use only the specified voltage.
Handset
Take measures to prevent accidents.
Adjust vibration and ringtone settings:
$
$
$
'
$
Non-specified voltages may cause fire or
electric shock.
. AC Charger: AC 100V-240V Input
, SoftBank is not liable for problems
resulting from charging battery abroad.
Do not use power adapters.
Using AC Charger with step-up/step-down
transformer may cause fire, electric shock
or damage.
Charger care
$
(
(
(
. Do not touch with wet hands. Electric
shock may occur.
. Pull AC Charger straight out to unplug
it; may cause malfunction or injury.
. Do not use multiple cords in one
outlet; may cause excess heat/fire.
. Do not bend, twist, pull or set objects
on cord. Exposed wire may cause fire
or electric shock.
Do not short-circuit Charger
terminals.
May cause overheating, fire or electric
shock. Keep metal away from terminals.
Damaged AC Charger cord:
May cause fire or electric shock;
discontinue use and purchase a new
Charger.
During thunderstorms:
Unplug AC Charger to avoid damage,
fire or electric shock.
Charger/Desktop Holder use and
children:
May cause electric shock/injury; keep
out of reach.
Do not use Desktop Holder inside
vehicles.
Extreme temperature or vibration may
cause fire or damage handset, etc.
Battery
. If battery does not charge properly,
stop trying. Battery may overheat,
burst or ignite.
. At signs of a battery leak, avoid fire
sources. It may catch fire or burst.
If there is abnormal odor, excessive
heat, discoloration or distortion, remove
battery from handset.
It may leak, overheat or explode.
$
(
)
(
$
(
(
Safety Precautions
Handset Use & Electronic Medical Equipment
This section is based on "Guidelines on the Use of
Radio Communications Equipment such as Cellular
Telephones and Safeguards for Electronic Medical
Equipment" (Electromagnetic Compatibility
Conference, April 1997) and "Report of Investigation
of the Effects of Radio Waves on Medical
Equipment, etc." (Association of Radio Industries
and Businesses, March 2001).
Persons with implanted pacemaker/
defibrillator should keep handset
more than 22 cm away.
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Turn handset off in crowds or
trains where persons with
implanted pacemaker/defibrillator
may be near.
Radio waves can interfere with implanted
pacemakers or defibrillators causing such
devices to malfunction.
Observe these rules inside
medical facilities:
. Do not enter an operating room or an
Intensive or Coronary Care Unit while
carrying a handset.
. Keep handset off in hospitals,
including lobbies.
. Obey medical facility rules on mobile
phone use.
Consult electronic medical
equipment vendor on radio wave
effects.
(
(
(
CAUTION
Handset
Handset temperature
Handset, Battery & Charger
Handset care
. Place handset on stable surfaces to
avoid malfunction or injury.
. Keep handset away from oily smoke or
steam. Fire or accidents may result.
. Cold air from air conditioners may
condense, resulting in leakage or burnout.
. Keep handset away from heat/direct
sunlight (e.g., inside vehicles, etc.).
Warping, discoloration or fire may
occur. Battery shape may be affected.
. Keep handset out of extremely cold
places to avoid malfunction or accidents.
. Keep handset away from fire sources
to avoid malfunction or accidents.
Usage environment
. Excessive dust may prevent heat
release and cause burnout or fire.
. Avoid using handset on the beach.
Sand may cause malfunction or
accidents.
. Keep handset away from credit cards,
telephone cards, etc. to avoid data loss.
a
Handset may become hot while in use.
Avoid prolonged contact with skin,
especially at high temperature. May
cause burn injuries.
Avoid leaving handset in extreme
heat (inside vehicles, etc.).
Hot handset may lead to burn injuries.
Volume settings
Moderate handset volume; excessive
volume may damage ears or hearing.
Inside vehicles
Handset use may cause electronic
equipment to malfunction.
a
If you experience any skin irritation
associated with handset use,
discontinue handset use and
consult a doctor.
Metal and other materials (P.13-18) may
cause skin irritation, rashes, or itchiness
depending on your physical condition.
Do not look into Infrared Port
during infrared transmissions.
Eyesight may be affected.
a
$
a
a
(
$
(
ix
Safety Precautions
Charger & Desktop Holder
AC Charger cord
. Grasp plug (not cord) to disconnect
AC Charger. May cause fire/electric
shock.
. Keep cord away from heaters.
Exposed wire may cause fire or
electric shock.
. Stop use if plug is hot or improperly
connected. May cause fire/electric
shock.
Always charge handset in a
well-ventilated area.
Avoid covering/wrapping Charger and
Desktop Holder; may cause damage/fire.
During periods of disuse
Always unplug AC Charger after use.
Handset maintenance
Always disconnect AC Charger when
cleaning handset.
Do not touch Desktop Holder while
in use.
May cause burn injuries.
Battery
Do not throw or abuse battery. Battery
may overheat, burst or ignite.
x
$
(
$
)
)
$
$
Do not leave battery in direct sunlight or
inside a closed vehicle; may reduce
battery performance or overheat. An
overheated battery may cause fire.
Do not expose battery to liquids.
Performance may deteriorate.
If battery fluid contacts skin or clothes,
rinse with clean water immediately.
Do not dispose of an exhausted battery
with ordinary refuse; always tape over
battery terminals before disposal. Take
battery to a SoftBank Shop, or follow the
local disposal regulations.
Keep battery out of children's reach.
. Charge battery in ambient temperatures
between 5oC and 35oC; outside this
range, battery may leak/overheat and
performance may deteriorate.
. If your child is using handset, explain
all instructions and supervise usage.
. If there is abnormal odor or excessive
heat, stop using battery and call
SoftBank Customer Center, Customer
Assistance.
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable.
$
&
(
$
(
a
Safety Precautions
General Notes
General Use
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting
from accidental loss/alteration of files saved on
handset/Memory Card. Keep separate copies of
Phone Book entries, etc.
. Handset transmissions may be disrupted inside
buildings, tunnels or underground, or when
moving into/out of such places.
. Use handset without disturbing others.
. Handsets are radios as stipulated by the Radio
Law. Under the Radio Law, handsets must be
submitted for inspection upon request.
. Handset use near landlines, TVs or radios may
cause interference.
. Beware of eavesdropping.
Because this service is completely digital, the
possibility of signal interception is greatly reduced.
However, some transmissions may be overheard.
Eavesdropping
Deliberate/accidental interception of
communications constitutes eavesdropping.
. An export license may be required to carry the
handset into other countries if it is to be used by or
transferred to another person. However, no such
license is required when you take the handset
abroad for personal use on a vacation or business
trip and then bring it back.
Export control regulations in the United States
provide that an export license granted by the US
government is required to carry the handset into
Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan or Syria.
. Should interference occur between handset and a
hearing aid, consult the manufacturer or distributor
of the hearing aid.
Inside Vehicles
. Never use handset while driving.
. Do not park illegally to use handset.
. Handset use may affect a vehicle's electronic
equipment.
Aboard Aircraft
Never use handset aboard aircraft (keep power off).
Handset use may impair aircraft operation.
Handset Care
. If handset is left with no battery or an exhausted
one, data may be altered/lost. SoftBank is not
liable for any resulting damages.
. Use handset between 5oC - 35oC (35% - 85%
humidity).
. Avoid extreme temperatures and direct sunlight.
. Exposing lens to direct sunlight may damage color
filter and affect image color.
. Clean handset with dry, soft cloth. Using alcohol,
thinner, etc. may damage it.
. Avoid scratching handset Display.
. When closing handset, keep fingers, straps, etc.
outside to avoid injury or damaging the Display.
. Handset is not water-proof. Avoid exposure to
liquids and high humidity (e.g., precipitation,
perspiration, beach, cold air from air conditioning,
restroom, bath/shower room, etc.).
. Avoid heavy objects or excessive pressure. May
cause malfunction or injury.
, Do not sit on handset in back pants pocket.
, Do not place heavy objects on handset inside
handbags, packs, etc.
. Connect only specified products to Headphone
Port. Other devices may malfunction or cause
damage.
. Always turn off handset before removing battery.
Function Usage Limits
These functions are disabled after handset upgrade/
replacement or service cancellation: Camera; Media
Player; S! Applications. After a period of disuse,
these functions may be unusable; retrieve Network
Information (P.12-15) to restore usability.
Mobile Camera
. Mind your manners when using handset camera.
. Test the camera before capturing/recording
special moments (e.g., weddings, etc.).
. Do not use handset camera in places where
photography or videography is prohibited.
xi
Safety Precautions
Electromagnetic Waves
For body-worn operation, this phone has been
tested and meets RF exposure guidelines when
used with accessories containing no metal, that
position handset a minimum of 15 mm from the
body. Use of other accessories may not ensure
compliance with RF exposure guidelines.
FCC Notice
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by
the manufacturer responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate the equipment.
Information to User
This equipment has been tested and found to
comply with the limits of a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits
are designed to provide reasonable protection
against harmful interference in a residential
installation. This equipment generates, uses and can
radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed
and used in accordance with the instructions, may
cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will
not occur in a particular installation; if this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or
television reception, which can be determined by
turning the equipment off and on, the user is
encouraged to try to correct the interference by one
or more of the following measures:
1. Reorient/relocate the receiving antenna.
2. Increase the separation between the equipment
and receiver.
3. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit
different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
4. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV
technician for help.
xii
FCC RF Exposure Information
Your handset is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is
designed and manufactured not to exceed the
emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF)
energy set by the Federal Communications
Commission of the U.S. Government.
The guidelines are based on standards that were
developed by independent scientific organizations
through periodic and thorough evaluation of
scientific studies. The standards include a
substantial safety margin designed to assure the
safety of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The exposure standard for wireless handsets
employs a unit of measurement known as the
Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit set
by the FCC is 1.6 W/kg.
Highest SAR value:
Model
FCC ID
At the Ear
On the Body
830SH
APYHRO00073
0.753 W/kg
0.578 W/kg
This device was tested for typical body-worn
operations with the back of the handset kept 1.5 cm
from the body. To maintain compliance with FCC RF
exposure requirements, use accessories that
maintain a 1.5 cm separation distance between the
user's body and the back of the handset. The use of
beltclips, holsters and similar accessories should not
contain metallic components in its assembly.
The use of accessories that do not satisfy these
requirements may not comply with FCC RF
exposure requirements, and should be avoided.
The FCC has granted an Equipment Authorization
for this model handset with all reported SAR levels
evaluated as in compliance with the FCC RF
emission guidelines. SAR information on this model
handset is on file with the FCC and can be found at
https://fjallfoss.fcc.gov/oetcf/eas/reports/GenericSearch.cfm
under the Display Grant section after searching on
the corresponding FCC ID (see table above).
Additional information on Specific Absorption Rates
(SAR) can be found on the Cellular
Telecommunications & Internet Association (CTIA)
Website at http://www.phonefacts.net.
European RF Exposure Information
Your mobile device is a radio transmitter and receiver.
It is designed not to exceed the limits for exposure to
radio waves recommended by international
guidelines. These guidelines were developed by the
independent scientific organization ICNIRP and
include safety margins designed to assure the
protection of all persons, regardless of age and health.
The guidelines use a unit of measurement known as
the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. The SAR limit
for mobile devices is 2 W/kg.
As mobile devices offer a range of functions, they
can be used in other positions, such as on the body
as described in this user guide*.
Highest SAR value:
Model
At the Ear**
On the Body
830SH
1.298 W/kg
1.321 W/kg
As SAR is measured utilizing the device's highest
transmitting power the actual SAR of this device while
operating is typically below that indicated above. This is
due to automatic changes to the power level of the
device to ensure it only uses the minimum level required
to reach the Network. The World Health Organization
has stated that present scientific information does not
indicate the need for any special precautions for the use
of mobile devices. They note that if you want to reduce
your exposure then you can do so by limiting the length
of calls or using a handsfree device to keep the mobile
phone away from the head and body.
*
Please see Electromagnetic Waves on the left for
important notes regarding body-worn operation.
**
Measured in accordance with international
guidelines for testing.
Hereby, Sharp Telecommunications of Europe Ltd, declares
that 830SH is in compliance with the essential requirements
and other relevant provisions of Directive 1999/5/EC.
A copy of the original declaration of conformity for each
model can be found at the following Internet address:
http://www.sharp.co.jp/k-tai/
Safety Precautions
Rights, Trademarks & Patents
Portrait Rights
Portrait rights protect individuals' right to refuse to be
photographed or to refuse unauthorized publication/
use of their photographs. Portrait rights consist of
the right to privacy, which is applicable to all
persons, and the right to publicity, which protects the
interests of celebrities. Therefore, photographing
others including celebrities and publicizing/
distributing their photographs without permission is
illegal; use handset camera responsively.
Copyrights
Copyright laws protect sounds, images, computer
programs, databases, other materials and copyright
holders. Duplicated material is limited to private use
only. Use of materials beyond this limit or without
permission of copyright holders may constitute
copyright infringement, and be subject to criminal
punishment. Comply with copyright laws when using
images captured with handset camera.
The software contained in handset is copyrighted
material; copyright, moral right and other related
rights are protected by copyright laws. Do not
copy, modify, alter, disassemble, decompile or
reverse-engineer the software, and do not
separate it from hardware in whole or part.
Licensed by QUALCOMM Incorporated under one or
more of the following United States Patents and/or
their counterparts in other nations:
4,901,307 5,490,165 5,056,109 5,504,773
5,101,501 5,506,865 5,109,390 5,511,073
5,228,054 5,535,239 5,267,261 5,544,196
5,267,262 5,568,483 5,337,338 5,600,754
5,414,796 5,657,420 5,416,797 5,659,569
5,710,784 5,778,338
Video recording and playback are based on MPEG-4.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Visual
Patent Portfolio License for the personal and
non-commercial use of a consumer to (i) encode
video in compliance with the MPEG-4 Video Standard
("MPEG-4 Video") and/or (ii) decode MPEG-4 Video
that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a
personal and non-commercial activity and/or was
obtained from a licensed video provider. No license is
granted or implied for any other use. Additional
information may be obtained from MPEG LA.
See http://www.mpegla.com.
This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 Systems
Patent Portfolio License for encoding in compliance
with the MPEG-4 Systems Standard, except that an
additional license and payment of royalties are
necessary for encoding in connection with (i) data
stored or replicated in physical media which is paid for
on a title by title basis and/or (ii) data which is paid for
on a title by title basis and is transmitted to an end user
for permanent storage and/or use. Such additional
license may be obtained from MPEG LA, LLC.
See http://www.mpegla.com for additional details.
Handset employs RSA® BSAFE=
software developed by RSA Security
Inc.
RSA is a registered trademark of RSA
Security Inc.
BSAFE is a registered trademark of
RSA Security Inc. in the United States
and/or other countries.
xiii
Safety Precautions
This product is equipped
with JBlend= designed to
accelerate the performance
of Java= Application.
Powered by JBlend=.
Copyright 1997-2008 Aplix
Corporation.
All rights reserved.
JBlend and JBlend-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Aplix Corporation in Japan
and other countries.
Java and Java-related brands are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Sun Microsystems, Inc. in
the United States and other countries.
Powered by Mascot Capsule® /Micro3D Edition=.
Mascot Capsule is a registered trademark of HI
Corporation.
c2002-2008 HI Corporation. All rights reserved.
microSDHC=, microSD= and miniSD= are
trademarks of the SD Card Association.
This product contains Adobe® Flash® Lite= player
software under license from Adobe Systems
Incorporated.
Adobe Flash Lite Copyright c 2003-2007 Adobe
Systems Incorporated. All rights reserved.
Adobe, Flash and Flash Lite are either registered
trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems
Incorporated in the United States and other countries.
This product employs NetFront Browser (Internet
browser) and NetFront SMIL Player developed by
ACCESS Co., Ltd.
Copyrightc 1996-2008 ACCESS Co., Ltd.
ACCESS and NetFront are trademarks or registered
trademarks of ACCESS Co., Ltd. in Japan or other
countries.
This product includes a module developed by
Independent JPEG Group.
Microsoft, PowerPoint and Excel are registered
trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries.
FeliCa is a contactless IC card technology
developed by Sony Corporation.
FeliCa is a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.
m is a registered trademark of FeliCa Network, Inc.
Osaifu-Keitai is a registered trademark of NTT
DOCOMO, INC.
QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO
WAVE INCORPORATED.
Document Viewer is enabled
by Picsel Technologies.
Picsel, Picsel Powered,
Picsel Viewer, Picsel File
Viewer, Picsel Document Viewer, Picsel PDF Viewer
and the Picsel cube logo are trademarks or
registered trademarks of Picsel Technologies Ltd.
Chaku-Uta and Chaku-Uta Full are registered
trademarks of Sony Music Entertainment (Japan) Inc.
BookSurfing® is a registered trademark of CELSYS
Inc., Voyager Japan, Inc. and INFOCITY Inc.
Genius Mobile English-Japanese Dictionary
c2005-2008 Taishukan
Genius Mobile Japanese-English Dictionary
c2005-2008 Taishukan
Meikyo Mobile Japanese Dictionary c2005-2008
Taishukan
SOFTBANK, SoftBank and the SoftBank logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of SOFTBANK
CORP. in Japan and other countries.
Yahoo! and the Yahoo! and Y! logos are trademarks
or registered trademarks of Yahoo! Inc.
CP8 PATENT
S! Information Channel, S! Quick News, S! Town,
S! Loop, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk,
S! Application, Customized Screen, S! Familiar
Usability, PC Mail, PC Site Browser, Multi Job,
Weather Indicator, S! Addressbook Back-up, Video
Call, Lifestyle-Appli, Input Memory, S! Mail, Graphic
Mail, Feeling Mail, 3D Pictogram, Sha-mail, Movie
Sha-mail and Secure Remote Lock are trademarks or
registered trademarks of SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
Other company and product names mentioned
herein are trademarks or registered trademarks of
their respective owners.
xiv
Safety Precautions
Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
830SH meets the government's requirements
for exposure to radio waves.
Additional information on SAR can be obtained on
the following Websites.
These requirements are based on scientific basis to
assure that radio waves emitted from mobile phones
and other handheld wireless devices do not affect
human health. They require that the Specific
Absorption Rate (SAR), which is the unit of
measurement for the amount of radiofrequency
absorbed by the body, shall not exceed 2 W/kg*. This
limit includes a substantial safety margin designed to
assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age or
health, and meets the international standard set by
International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation
Protection (ICNIRP) in cooperation with World
Health Organization (WHO).
All mobile phones, prior to product launch, must be
certified as compliant with government requirements
as stipulated by the Radio Law. 830SH has been
granted Technical Regulations Conformity
Certification by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER. Its highest SAR value is 1.020 W/kg. This
value was obtained by TELECOM ENGINEERING
CENTER as part of the certification process. SAR
tests were conducted with handset transmitting at its
highest certified power level in accordance with
testing methods set by the government. While there
may be differences between the SAR levels for
various handsets, they all meet the governmental
requirements for safe exposure. The actual SAR
level of the handset while operating can be well
below the highest value. This is because the
handset is designed to operate at multiple power
levels so as to use only the power required to reach
the Network.
Ministry of Internal Affairs and Communications
http://www.tele.soumu.go.jp/e/ele/index.htm
Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (ARIB)
http://www.arib-emf.org/initiation/sar.html (Japanese)
*
Requirements are stipulated in Radio Law
(Ordinance Regulating Radio Equipment, Article
14-2).
xv
Handset Parts................................. 1-2
Parts & Functions ............................ 1-2
Charging Battery............................ 1-4
Power On/Off .................................. 1-6
Handset Power On/Off..................... 1-6
Display ............................................ 1-7
Display & Indicators ......................... 1-7
Menu Operations.......................... 1-10
Handset Menus ............................. 1-10
Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)
....................................................... 1-11
Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)
....................................................... 1-12
Keypad Lock ................................ 1-13
My Details..................................... 1-14
My Number.....................................1-14
Mobile Manners............................ 1-15
Security Codes ............................ 1-16
Additional Functions ................... 1-17
1
Getting Started
1-1
Handset Parts
1
Parts & Functions
Getting Started
1
1 Earpiece
2 Display
3 Microphone
4 Strap Eyelet
5 Memory Card Slot (with Slot Cover)
6 Headphone Port (with Port Cover)
7 Infrared Port
8 Charging Terminals
9 External Device Port (with Port Cover)
a Small Light
b External Display
c Speaker
d Internal Antenna Location
e External Camera (lens cover)
f m Logo
g Battery Cover
4
2
5
6
7
8
3
9
d
e
a
b
f
g
c
1-2
. Do not cover or place stickers, etc. over
Internal Antenna area.
. Replace Port Cover after Port use.
. Avoid metallic straps; Antenna sensitivity
may be affected.
Handset Positions
Handset Closed
Keep handset closed
when not in use.
Handset Open
Open handset to place or
answer calls, enter text, etc.
Handset Parts
Handset Keys
1
2
3
4
5
b
6
7
8
9
c
d
e
a
f
g
h
i
j
1 Multi Selector (right) d
Open Received Calls. Long Press to
activate/cancel infrared.
2 Multi Selector (up) a
Open Standby Window.
3 Center Key %
Open Main Menu. Long Press to activate/
cancel Keypad Lock.
1
Side Keys
g S! Circle Talk Key H
Open: Open S! Circle Talk member list.
h Volume Up Key E
Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.
Long Press to check e-money balance.
i Volume Down Key F
Long Press to start Pretense Call.
Closed: Scroll External Display indicators.
j Multi Job & Manner Key I
Long Press to activate/cancel Manner mode.
Open: Select handset mode.
Closed: Toggle Clock view.
Getting Started
Keys are indicated in this guide as shown.
4 Multi Selector (left) c
Open Dialed Numbers.
5 Mail Key B
Open Messaging menu. Long Press to
open S! Mail Composition window.
6 Shortcuts & A/a Key '
Open Shortcuts menu.
7 Clear/Back Key $
Play Answer Phone messages. Long
Press to activate/cancel Answer Phone.
8 Start Key !
Open All Calls.
9 Keypad 0 - 9
Enter numbers to place calls or access
functions (Quick Operations). Long Press
to open Phone Book.
a n Key (
Enter N, +, P, ? and -. Long Press to open
Status Template.
b Yahoo! Keitai Key A
Open Yahoo! Keitai portal. Long Press to
open Yahoo! Keitai menu.
c Dictionary & Text Key &
Open Dictionary. Long Press to open
Change Menu window.
d Multi Selector (down) b
Open Phone Book. Long Press to create
new Phone Book entries.
e Power On/Off Key "
Toggle Standby display. Long Press to
turn handset power off.
f # Key #
Enter #. Long Press to activate/cancel
Manner mode.
Multi Selector & Side Keys
. In this guide, Multi Selector and Side Key
operations are indicated as follows:
Press a or b
Press c or d
Press a, b, c or d
Press E or F
e
f
g
L
1-3
Charging Battery
1
Charging Battery
Getting Started
Battery must be inserted in handset to
charge it.
Together with Desktop Holder, use
specified AC Charger ZTDAA1 (sold
separately) only. In this guide, ZTDAA1 is
referred to as "AC Charger."
Charging with Desktop Holder
3
2
connector into Desktop
Holder
. Connection Port is on the back of
Desktop Holder.
. With arrows down, insert connector
until it clicks.
2 Extend blades and plug AC
1
Charger into AC outlet
Small Light
1
Release
Tabs
AC 100V Outlet
2
Charger
Connector
3 Place handset onto Desktop
Holder
Blades
AC Charger
Arrows
Charging
Terminal Lever
Connection Port
. Insert cord into the groove.
1-4
1 Insert AC Charger
. Fit tabs into slots as shown in 1 and
push handset as indicated in 2 until
it clicks into place (resting flat).
. Small Light illuminates red while
charging.
. Small Light goes out when battery is
full.
4 Disconnect 830SH from
Desktop Holder
5 Unplug AC Charger
. Pull AC Charger straight out.
. Squeeze release tabs when
removing AC Charger connector.
Important Desktop Holder Usage Notes
. Do not subject to force/pressure.
. If Headphones are connected, put cord in
front.
. Unplug AC Charger after charging.
Cleaning Desktop Holder
. Battery may not charge properly if
charging terminals are obstructed by
dust, etc. Press and hold Charging
Terminal Lever to clean the terminals
(use a dry cotton swab); clean handset
Charging Terminals as well.
. Be careful not to damage or directly
touch charging terminals.
. Only press Charging Terminal Lever
for cleaning.
Charging Battery
3 Plug AC Charger into AC
Charging with AC Charger
AC 100V Outlet
Small Light
External Device Port
Blades
Release
Tabs
AC Charger
Port Cover
Charger Connector
Arrows Up
Important AC Charger Usage Note
. Fold back blades after charging. Do not
pull, bend or twist the cord.
When Small Light Flashes
. Battery is unchargeable; may be defective
or simply at the end of its life; replace it.
USB Charge
. Connect handset (with power on) to PC
via USB Cable to charge battery.
Charging Battery Overseas
. SoftBank is not liable for problems
resulting from charging battery abroad.
1
Getting Started
outlet
1 Open Port Cover as shown
2 Connect AC Charger
. With arrows up, insert connector until
it clicks.
Advanced
1(Disabling USB Charge (P.12-15)
1-5
Power On/Off
1
Handset Power On/Off
Getting Started
Power On
4 e Yes or No S %
1 " (Long)
. After Power On Graphic, follow the
steps below.
"S"S%SbS%Sg
設定 S % S e Language S % S
e English S % S " (Long) S
" (Long) S Change Menu window
opens
2 e Select option S %
Guide descriptions are based on
Standard Menu.
Retrieving Network Information
Handset initiates Network Information
retrieval when B, % or A is pressed for
the first time.
Follow these steps when powering on
830SH for the first time:
Standby
. Choose No to enter Standby
immediately after powering on.
When USIM Card is Not Installed
. Insert USIM Card appears; insert the
card to use handset.
. Choose Yes and press %.
. Retrieve Network Information to use
Network-related services; retrieval
automatically sets Clock.
Power Off
. My Details setup starts.
3 Enter last name S % S
Enter first name S %
. Change Menu display option
confirmation appears.
Advanced
1(Date & Time (P.12-2) (Network (P.12-15)
1-6
1 " (Long)
. After Power Off Graphic, handset
shuts down.
Display
Display & Indicators
[ Standby
[ Softkeys
Functions/operations assigned to B,
% and A appear at the bottom.
Indicators
[ Basic Status
1
2
3
B
. Indicators (signal strength, battery
strength, etc.) appear.
. Information window opens at the bottom for
Missed Calls, new mail, etc.
%
Information Window
, Information label (e.g., Message, etc.)
and count appear in Information window.
Select an item and press % to open it.
1 o International roaming in progress
2 k Signal strength*
" Packet transmission available (3G)
3
h Packet transmission available (GSM)
Battery strength (K may appear
4 0
instead.)
A
Display Saving
. Display goes dark after Display Saving
time elapses. Press any key to activate it.
Backlight
. Backlight turns off after Time Out time
elapses. Press 0 - 9 to illuminate it
(key press may affect active function).
4
Getting Started
Viewing Display
1
*
The more bars the better.
[ Function Status
1
2
3
F Active S! Application
1 < Paused S! Application
g Music playback in progress
@ Memory Card in use
n Memory Card formatting
3 7 Multiple functions (Multi Job) active
2
Advanced
0 (Opening Information List Manually (Clearing Information List (P.1-17)
1-7
Display
1
[ Notifications
Getting Started
1
2
3
[ Transmissions
4
5
6
7
C Unread mail
1
B Unread Delivery Report
Answer Phone active & message
:
recorded
2
Answer Phone canceled &
l
message recorded
3 N New Voicemail
4 , S! Appli Notification
5 S Contents Key received
x Unread S! Information Channel info
6 9 Software Update result
5 Unread S! Quick News info
7 } Unread S! Friend's Status notification
[ Warnings
1
2
1
2
3
B
i
1 l
4
b
2
3
4
5
3
1 k Mail memory low
2 O Message delivery failure
3 ; Memory Card unusable/misinserted
6
1
2
3
4
4 5
Waiting/packet transmission in
progress (3G)
Waiting/packet transmission in
progress (GSM)
SSL browsing in progress
Packet transmission protocol
ready (3G)
Packet transmission protocol
ready (GSM)
Receiving mail
Sending mail
S! Friend's Status online
Software Update in progress
Infrared transmission ready
USB Cable connected
USB transmission in progress
Infrared transmission in progress
Infrared file transfer in progress
S! Addressbook Back-up
9
transmission in progress
C PC Site Browser in use
56
7
8
9
a
1 [ Offline Mode active
2 L Answer Phone active
Call Forwarding or Voicemail active
3 M
(forwarding condition: Always)*
4 I Hour Minder active
P Alarm set
5 s Schedule/Task (Alarm set)
t Schedule/Task (Alarm unset)
Q Show Secret Data active
6
$ Function Lock active
C
D
c
8
%
I
:
f
-
7 0 RSS-compatible site
8 i Weather Indicator
1-8
[ Settings
6
7
8
J Manner mode active
7 # Drive mode active
] Original mode active
` Keypad Lock active
H IC Card Lock active
9 a Auto Answer or Remote Monitor active
8
R Ringtone (Silent)
a a Ringtone (Increasing Volume)
b Vibration active
*
Indicator does not appear when Call
Forwarding is set to Video Calls only, with
Voicemail unset.
Display
External Display Indicators
[ Warnings
1
3
4
2
1 a Signal strength*
2 b Battery strength
*
1
2
The more bars the better.
[ Notifications
1 2 3 4 5
1 W Message delivery failure
S! Information Channel info
2 m
reception failure
3 D Weather Indicator update failure
Getting Started
1
[ Basic Status
4 F IP Service connection failure
[ Handset Status
1
2
3
4
6 7 8 9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
c
d
e
f
V
h
i
j
0
Missed Calls
Answer Phone message recorded
Missed Call Notification
New Voicemail
New mail
New Delivery Report
Contents Key received
Unread S! Information Channel info
Weather Indicator update
5
1
2
3
4
5
n
o
p
f
+
Alarm
Schedule Alarm
Task Alarm
S! Appli Notification
Unread S! Friend's Status notification
1-9
Menu Operations
1
Handset Menus
Getting Started
Main Menu opens.
. Select an item and press % to open Sub Menus/function window.
%
e%
$
g%
0-9
g%
Main
Menu
$
'
. Press " to return to Standby from
function windows, menus, etc.
Shortcuts menu opens.
Enter numbers to access functions.
. Select a function and press % to access it.
. To activate functions, press the corresponding key.
Shortcuts
Advanced
0 (Customizing Shortcuts (P.1-17)
1-10
e%
&
Quick
Operations
Menu Operations
Using Simplified Menus (Simple Menu)
Activate Simple Menu to reduce available
handset functions and simplify menus.
. Fonts are enlarged and appear in bold.
. Clock is enlarged (Calendar is hidden).
[ Menu Items
Received Msg., Create Msg.,
Drafts, Templates, Sent
Messaging
Messages, Unsent Msg.,
Create SMS
Phone Book, Add New Entry,
Play Messages, Answer
Phone
Phone, Call VM, My Details,
Speed Dial/Mail
Camera
Calendar, Alarms, Calculator,
Convenient Assignment, Dictionary,
Notepad, S! Friend's Status,
Tool
S! Circle Talk, Change Menu
Data Folder -
Key assignments are largely the same as
in Standard Menu.
Activating Simple Menu
1 & (Long)
Getting Started
Simple Menu Features
1
2 e Simple Menu S %
While Using an Incompatible Function
. End the function before activating Simple
Menu.
Canceling Simple Menu
1 & (Long)
2 e Standard Menu S %
1-11
Menu Operations
1
Toggling Active Functions (Multi Job)
Getting Started
Multi Job Feature
Using Multi Job
Access a function in Shortcuts menu
while another is active.
1 In a function window, '
In text entry/dial windows, Long Press '.
While browsing the Internet
②
S
I
s
Toggle windows
2 e Select function S %
Compose S! Mail
. Menu/window opens.
Multi Job may not be activated from some
menus/windows (e.g., when selecting
ringtone/ringvideo, etc.).
4 " S Multi Job ends
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
①
1-12
3 To toggle active windows, I
Keypad Lock
Keypad Lock
1 % (Long)
. Keypad Lock activates.
. " does not turn off handset power.
Getting Started
Lock handset keys and prevent accidental
operation/function activation.
1
Incoming Calls while Keypad Lock is
Active
. Keypad Lock is temporarily canceled;
press ! to answer calls. Keypad Lock
reactivates after the call.
Canceling Keypad Lock
% (Long)
1-13
My Details
1
My Number
Getting Started
1%S0
[My Details Window] A S e Select
item S % S Edit S % S A
G Clearing My Details
My Details Window
Handset phone number and the name
entered at initial setup appear.
1-14
G Editing My Details
[My Details Window] B S e
Reset My Details S % S e Yes
S%
Mobile Manners
Mobile Manners
. Turn it off in theaters, museums and other
places where silence is the norm.
. Refrain from using it in restaurants, hotel
lobbies, elevators, etc.
. Observe signs and instructions regarding
handset use aboard trains, etc.
. Refrain from use that interrupts the flow of
pedestrian or vehicle traffic.
Manner Mode
Mutes most handset function sounds.
1 # (Long) or I (Long)
Offline Mode
Temporarily suspends all transmissions.
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Network Settings
Getting Started
Please use your handset responsibly. Use
these basic tips as a guide. Inappropriate
handset use can be both dangerous and
bothersome. Please take care not to
disturb others when using your handset.
Adjust handset use according to your
surroundings.
1
2 e Offline Mode S %
3 e On S %
. Manner mode is set.
When Manner Mode is Active
. Ringtones and other sounds are muted.
. 830SH vibrates for transmissions/alerts.
. Shutter click still sounds at fixed volume.
Canceling Manner Mode
# (Long) or I (Long)
. Offline Mode is set.
Canceling Offline Mode
In 3, e Off S %
Advanced
1(Selecting a handset mode (Customizing handset modes (P.12-2)
1-15
Security Codes
1
Security Codes
Getting Started
These codes are required for handset use.
. Write down Security Codes.
. Do not reveal Security Codes. SoftBank is
not liable for misuse or damages.
Handset
Code
Center
Access
Code
Network
Password
Changing Handset Code
1 % S g Settings S %
S%
9999 by default; use or
change some functions
4-digit code selected at
contract; access Optional
Services via landlines or
change contract details
4-digit code selected at
contract; restrict incoming/
outgoing calls (Call Barring)
Phone Settings Menu
Incorrect Code Entry
. Handset code is incorrect! appears; try
again.
. If Network Password is incorrectly
entered three times consecutively, Call
Barring settings are locked. To resolve,
Network Password and Center Access
Code must be changed.
5 Enter new Handset Code S %
2 e Locks S %
6 Re-enter new Handset Code
Change Network Password as needed.
1-16
4 Enter current Handset Code
S%
3 e Chg. Handset Code S %
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions
Shortcuts
G Opening Information List Manually G Customizing Shortcuts
% S g Phone S % S e
Information S %
G Clearing Information List
% S g Phone S % S e
Information S % S B S e
Reset S % S e Yes S %
[ Changing Default Shortcuts
Getting Started
Information
1
' S e Select item S B S e
Assign S % S e Select menu item
S % S g Select new item S %
. For Dictionary or Camera, omit new
item selection step.
[ Changing Item Order
' S e Select item S B S e
Move S % S e Select target
location S %
1-17
Font Size ......................................... 2-2
Dictionary ..................................... 2-13
Changing Font Size ......................... 2-2
Using Dictionaries ..........................2-13
Standby Display Options............... 2-3
Customized Screen & S! Familiar
Usability .......................................... 2-5
Search........................................... 2-14
Customized Screen & S! Familiar
Usability (Japanese) ........................ 2-5
Creating Phone Book Entries .........2-15
Using Phone Book Entries .............2-17
Sounds & Alerts ............................. 2-6
Data Folder ................................... 2-18
Customizing Handset Responses ... 2-6
Opening Files .................................2-19
Managing Files & Folders...............2-20
Text Entry........................................ 2-7
Searching Text................................2-14
Phone Book.................................. 2-15
Entering Characters......................... 2-8
Editing Characters ......................... 2-11
Memory Card................................ 2-21
User Dictionary ............................ 2-12
Additional Functions ................... 2-23
Using Memory Card .......................2-21
2
Basic Operations
Saving Frequently Used Words ..... 2-12
2-1
Font Size
Changing Font Size
2
Enlarging All Fonts
Basic Operations
Activate Large Font Menu to enlarge fonts
for menus, text entry, etc. as follows:
Customizing Font Sizes
1 % S g Settings S %
1 In Font Settings menu, e
Font Weight S %
Phone Settings Menu
2 e Display S %
3 e Font Settings S %
1 & (Long)
Font Settings Menu
2 e Large Font Menu S %
Canceling Large Font Menu
In 2, e Standard Menu S %
2-2
Changing Font Weight
4 e Font Size S % S e
Select item S %
5 e Select size S %
2 e Select weight S %
Standby Display Options
Standby Display Options
Standby Window (Japanese)
[ Shortcut Panel
1a
[ Calendar/Tag Panel
Selecting Panel Items
[Shortcut Panel]/[Calendar/Tag Panel]
B S e Select Item S % S e
Select item S % (N/P) S A
, To the left is an example of Shortcut
Panel with all items checked (P).
Panel Selection
1 In Standby Window, B S
2
Basic Operations
In Standby, view S! Quick News or
Calendar, access shortcut icons, and more.
Standby Window Panels
e Standby Window S %
2A
Standby Window
[ News Panel
2 e Display Panel S % S
e Select panel S % (N/P)
SA
. Panels with P (checked) appear in
Standby Window.
. Press A to toggle panels.
(Long Press A to toggle
panels in reverse.)
3 g Select item S %
4 " S Standby Window
[ Member Panel
closes
Advanced
0 (Changing Display Option (P.2-23)
2-3
Standby Display Options
Using Tags
2
1 In Calendar/Tag Panel, e
Basic Operations
(select row with N) S %
2 Enter text S %
Wallpaper
Slide Show Wallpaper
Some files may not be usable.
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Display S %
Set Slide Show to appear in Standby.
Some images may not appear.
1 In Wallpaper menu, e Slide
W paper S %
2 e Wallpaper S %
Slide Show Wallpaper Menu
Checking/Unchecking Tags
a S e Select tag S B S e
Check Note or Uncheck S %
, Checked tag (with P) turns gray.
Deleting Tag Notes
a S e Select tag S B S e
Delete Note S %
. To delete all checked tags, follow these steps:
a S B S e Delete Checked Note
S%
Wallpaper Menu
3 e Preset Pictures S % S
e Select image S %
2 e Pattern Setting S %
3 e Select pattern S %
Using Preset Images
In 2, e Folder Setting S % S e
Preset Pictures S %
Using Data Folder Images
In 3, e (select folder) S % S g
Select image S % S %
, For images smaller or larger than
Display, follow these steps:
e Select option S % S %
Selecting Images with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Follow these steps:
e Yes S % S%
Advanced
0 (Selecting Source Folder for Slide Show Wallpaper (P.2-23)
2-4
1(Display & Key Settings (P.12-3 - 12-4)
Customized Screen & S! Familiar Usability
Customized Screen & S! Familiar Usability (Japanese)
Downloading Customized Screen
1 % S g Data Folder S % S
e Customized Screen S %
Customized Screen Menu
2 g Download Customized
Screen S %
. Handset connects to the Internet and
source site list appears. Follow
onscreen instructions.
To install the most recent version, apply
the file then download the updated one.
1 In Customized Screen
menu, g (select
Customized Screen) S %
2%S%
Applying Fee-based Customized Screen
. If Contents Key is required, follow these
steps:
After 1, % S e Yes S %
, Read terms of service and then follow
onscreen instructions.
When Selected Customized Screen is Active
. Cancellation confirmation appears after 1.
S! Familiar Usability
Download and install applications that
load legacy model interfaces.
Downloading S! Familiar Usability
1 In Customized Screen
menu, g S! Familiar
Usability S %
2
Basic Operations
Use preloaded Customized Screen or
download new via handset as follows:
Read information (price, etc.) on
Customized Screen download page.
Customized Screen Setup
. Follow onscreen instructions.
S! Familiar Usability Setup
1 In Customized Screen menu,
g (select application) S %
S%
Canceling Temporarily
% S A S e 通常ﾒﾆｭｰ S %
Advanced
0 (Applying Preset Customized Screen (Canceling Customized Screen
(Canceling S! Familiar Usability (Canceling Customized Screen or
S! Familiar Usability Unconditionally (Accessing Customized Screen
Source Sites (P.2-23)
2-5
Sounds & Alerts
Customizing Handset Responses
2
Ringtone
Basic Operations
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Sounds & Alerts S %
Sounds & Alerts Menu
2 e Ringtone/videos S %
3 e Select item S %
For For New Message, etc., select
Assign Tone and press %.
Setting Ring Time for Incoming Mail, etc.
After 3, e Duration S % S Enter
time S %
Playing Video for Incoming Transmissions
In 4, e Videos S % S g Select
file S %
If Portion of File Content is Specifiable
. After 5, start point selection window
opens. Follow these steps:
e Select start point S %
Selecting Files with Limited Usage Period
. A confirmation appears. Choose Yes and
press % to proceed.
Vibration
1 In Sounds & Alerts menu,
e Vibration S %
2 e Select item S % S e
Switch On/Off S %
3 e On S %
4 e Vibration Pattern S %
. To check vibration patterns, select
one and press B.
5 e Select pattern S %
4 e Select folder S %
5 g Select tone/file S %
Advanced
1(Ringtone & Sound Settings (P.12-5)
2-6
Setting Ringtones to Control Vibration
In 3, e Link to Sound S %
Precaution
. Cancel Vibration when charging battery
to help avoid accidents.
Text Entry
Text Entry
2 e Select mode S %
. Entry Mode Indicators:
'*
Kanji (hiragana)
B/< Double/single-byte katakana
Double-byte alphanumerics
D/E
(upper/lower case)
Single-byte alphanumerics
>/.
(upper/lower case)
H
Single-byte number
I
Character Code
Text Entry Window (Message Text)
Opening Help
B S e Help S %
Note
. Pressing " repeatedly may not close
text entry windows.
Switching Entry Modes
1&
*
予 appears when Predictive is active.
Character Entry Basics
Use Keypad to enter characters. Multiple
characters are assigned to each key.
Press a key to toggle between character
options for that key.
To enter characters assigned to the same
key, press d first.
Example: In single-byte alphanumerics
mode, enter no.
66
Y
n
d
Y
666
Y no
n
2
Basic Operations
Unless noted otherwise, text entry
descriptions are for text entry windows.
Long Press a key to enter the current
character and advance cursor.
66
Y
6 (Long)
Y
n
n
666
Y
no
Example: In double-byte katakana entry,
press 1 three times.
1
Y
■
. Available entry modes appear.
1
Y
イ
■
ア
■
1
Y
ウ
■
Press ! to toggle options in reverse.
2-7
Text Entry
Entering Characters
2
Hiragana
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to enter すずき in kanji
(hiragana) mode:
1 333 (す) S d S
3%
Kanji
Convert すずき to 鈴木.
1 Enter すずき and press b
333 (す) S ( (ず)
S 22 (き)
2%
. In kanji (hiragana) mode, word
suggestions change as hiragana is
entered. (Predictive)
2 g 鈴木
. To exit suggestion list, press $.
. Words likely to follow the entry
appear based on previous entries.
(Previous Usage)
When Target Word is Not Listed
. Press B or A to segment hiragana to
convert separately.
, Press A to toggle Predictive and
Non-Predictive suggestions.
Phonetic Conversion
Enter reading in hiragana S B
Selecting Multiple Converted Words
'
Advanced
0 (Inserting Line Breaks (Inserting Spaces (Using Character Codes
(Using Pager Code (Clearing Entry Log (P.2-24)
2-8
1(Disabling suggestions based on entered characters (Disabling
suggestions based on entered words (Using Keypad to enter words/
phrases from suggestion list (P.12-6)
Text Entry
One-Hiragana Conversion
1 333 (す) S b
2 g Select word/phrase S %
Symbols & Pictograms
May be unavailable depending on the
entry mode.
1 & S e アイウ S %
2 33 (シ) S ( (ジ) S
88 (ユ) S ' (ュ ) S
000 (ン) S %
1 B S e Emoticons S %
2
2 e Select emoticon S %
1(
Katakana
Follow these steps to switch to
double-byte katakana mode and enter
ジュン:
Emoticons
Basic Operations
Enter the first hiragana to access
previously selected words.
Example: 鈴木 was previously selected
after conversion.
. Symbol/Pictogram Log appears.
2 A or B S List toggles
. In Pictogram List, press ' to toggle
cross-carrier Pictograms and all
Pictograms.
3 g Select Symbol or
Alternative Emoticon Entry Method
. In kanji (hiragana) mode, enter かお or a
descriptive word such as わーい or うーん,
then convert the entry.
EmoticonWordLink
. Immediately after inserting a descriptive
word such as 嬉しい or 悲しい,
corresponding emoticons may appear in
the suggestion list.
Pictogram S %
. Pictograms are double-byte even in
single-byte modes.
4 $ S List closes
Advanced
0 (Inserting Phone Book Entry Items (Undo Conversion or Recover
Deleted Characters (Changing Font Size (P.2-24)
1(Disabling emoticon/Pictogram suggestions based on entered words
(Lowering type priorities in suggestion list (P.12-6)
2-9
Text Entry
Mail & Web Extensions
2
Enter .co.jp, http://, etc., easily.
Basic Operations
1 B S e Quick Address List
S%
Hiragana to Katakana/
Alphanumeric Conversion
Enter katakana and alphanumerics in
kanji (hiragana) mode.
Example: To enter PTA
Use key inscriptions.
1 782 S A
Quick Conversion (for Hiragana)
A list of word suggestions appears based
on the key pressed.
Example: To enter 終電
1 3 (さ) S 8 (や)
S 1 (あ) S 4( (だ) S
0 (わ) S a
2 e Select extension S %
. Extensions are single-byte even in
double-byte entry modes.
2 g Select word/phrase (終電)
S%
2 g Select word/phrase (PTA)
S%
2-10
One Hiragana Word Call
. Enter the first hiragana of entries you
used Quick Conversion for and press a.
Text Entry
Editing Characters
Deleting & Editing
1 g Select character
2$
Copy/Cut & Paste
1 B S e Cut or Copy S %
S g Select first character
S%
2
Basic Operations
Follow these steps to correct また、お願
いします to また明日お願いします:
Recovering Deleted Characters
. Press ! once for each character after
deletion.
Deleting All Text
. Long Press $ at the end of text. To
delete characters on and after cursor,
select the first character of text and Long
Press $.
Jumping to the End or Top of Text
B S e Cursor Position S % S e
Jump to End or Jump to Top S %
Cut
. To cancel and start over, press A.
2 g Highlight text range S %
3 g Select target location S
( (Long)
. The highlighted character is deleted.
3 g Select target location S
Enter characters
. Text is entered.
Pasting Previously Cut/Copied Text
g Select target location S B S e
Paste S % S e Select text S %
, Available when Paste List appears.
2-11
User Dictionary
Saving Frequently Used Words
2
Saving Words (Japanese)
Basic Operations
Saved words appear among suggestions.
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
User Dictionary S %
830SH Download Dictionary (Japanese)
Download specialized 830SH Download
Dictionaries from SH-web Mobile Internet
site. Activate dictionaries to improve
handset character conversion. Dictionary
words appear among suggestions.
Some dictionary files may not be usable.
1 In User Dictionary menu, e
Acquire Dictionary S %
User Dictionary Menu
2 e New Entry S % S Enter
word S %
3 Enter reading S %
Editing Entries
In 2, e Saved Word List S % S e
Select word S % S Edit S % S
Edit reading S % S e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Deleting Entries (P.2-24)
2-12
2 e Select number S % S
g Select dictionary S %
. Existing dictionary is replaced.
Canceling Dictionary
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Cancel S %
Viewing Dictionary Information
In 2, e (select dictionary) S B S
e Info S %
Dictionary
Using Dictionaries
830SH is preloaded with these dictionaries:
Searching As-You-Type
1&
Searching by Keyword
1&SB
2 e Search Method S % S
e Keyword Search S %
3 f Select entry field S %
S Enter text S %
Saving Bookmarks
1 In definition/translation
window, B
2 e Bookmark S %
Opening Bookmarks
[Dictionary Window] B S e
Bookmark List S % S e Select
word S %
2
Basic Operations
. Meikyo Mobile Japanese Dictionary
. Genius Mobile EJ Dictionary
. Genius Mobile JE Dictionary
Dictionary Window
2 Enter reading (spelling for
English-Japanese
dictionary)
. Search results appear as you type.
3 e Select word S %
4 f Search S % S e
Select word S %
Switching Dictionaries
1 In Dictionary window, A
2 e Select dictionary S %
. Last used dictionary appears first.
Adding Downloaded Dictionary
1&SB
2 e Add Dictionary S %
3 e Select file S %
Canceling Added Dictionary
In 2, e Cancel Dictionary S % S
e Yes S %
Definition/Translation Window
Using Dictionaries during Text Entry
In a text entry window, & (Long) S
From 2
Advanced
0 (Copying Index Word (Opening Log (P.2-24)
2-13
Search
Searching Text
2
Web Search
Basic Operations
1 % S g Tools S % S f
1 In Search window, e Mail
2 e Search S %
3 g Select entry field S %
2 g Search S % S e
Doc./Rec. Tools
S Enter search text S %
Search Window
4 g Search S %
. Search results appear.
Searching within PC Sites
[Search Window] B S e Change
Browser S % S e PC Site
Browser S %
2-14
Mail Search
Search S %
Select option S %
Searching within Received or Sent
Messages
[Search Window] B S e Change
Mail Folder S % S e Received
Messages or Sent Messages S %
Phone Book
Creating Phone Book Entries
1 % S g Phone S % S e
3 e Add Phone Number: S
% S Enter phone number S
% S e Select type S %
5 e Category: S % S e
Select Category S %
Add New Entry S %
2 e Last Name: S % S
Enter last name S % S e
First Name: S % S Enter
first name S %
. To save additional phone numbers,
repeat 3.
4 e Add Email Address: S
% S Enter mail address S
% S e Select type S %
2
Basic Operations
Enter a name, phone number and mail
address (enter at least one of these items)
and classify the entry.
Phone Book Entry Window
6A
. Entry is saved to Phone Book.
Incoming Calls while Creating Entry
. Contents are temporarily saved. End the
call to return.
Phone Book Memory Status
% S g Phone S % S e Manage
Entries S % S e Memory Status
S%
. To save additional mail addresses,
repeat 4.
. Characters entered for names
(reading for kanji) appear.
Advanced
0 (Saving Other Information (P.2-25)
2-15
Phone Book
Personal Ringtone
2
Set tone for calls from saved numbers.
Basic Operations
1 In Phone Book entry
window, e (select item,
e.g., Tone-Voice Call:) S %
Accessing Secret Entries
b S B S e Unlock Temporarily
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
Saving Numbers After Calls
After a call, save number to Phone Book.
Customizing Response by Category
1 % S g Phone S % S e
Category Control S %
1 When confirmation appears,
e Yes S %
2 e Assign Tone S % S e
Select folder S %
3 g Select tone/file S %
Saving Secret Entries
Restrict access to Phone Book entries by
saving them as Secret entries.
1 In Phone Book entry
window, e Secret: S %
2 e On S %
Category Control Menu
2 e Select Category S B S
e Select item S %
3 e Select item S % S
Customize responses S A
2 e As New Entry S % S
Complete other fields S A
Saving to an Existing Entry
In 2, e As New Detail S % S g
Select entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
. Customize responses in the same
way as Phone Book entries.
. Not available for USIM Card.
Responses Set by Phone Book Entry
. Settings for each entry take priority.
Advanced
0 (Changing Vibration Pattern (Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
(Assigning Images to Phone Book Entries for Incoming Transmissions
(P.2-25)
2-16
1(Changing default storage media for new entries (Hiding confirmation
after calls to/from unsaved numbers (P.12-6)
Phone Book
Using Phone Book Entries
Dialing via Phone Book
Changing Search Method
e Ph.Book Settings S %
Example: Enter a recipient via Phone
Book when sending a message.
2 e Sort Entries S %
Entry Search Window (By a-ka-sa-ta-na)
2 e Select entry S %
Select Recipient Window
3 e Select method S %
. Phone Book Search Methods:
By Reading
Entry Details
3 e Select phone number
4!
Using Other Options
After 3, % S e Select option S %
By Category
By a-ka-sa-ta-na
Shows all entries in
Reading order
(katakana, alphabetical
then numerical)
Opens entries in the
specified Category
Shows entries with
Readings that start
with katakana in the
specified row
Changing Search Method Temporarily
[Entry Search Window] A (press
repeatedly to toggle search methods)
2
Basic Operations
1 b S f Specify katakana row 1 In entry search window, B S
Opening from Other Functions
1 e Phone Book S %
. Entry search window opens.
2 g Select entry S %
3 e Select phone number or
mail address S %
. Recipient is entered.
. Omit 3 if only one number or
address is saved.
Advanced
0 (Messaging via Phone Book (Editing Phone Book Entries (Deleting
1(Switching reference Phone Book (P.12-6)
Phone Book Entries (Renaming Categories (Moving Categories (P.2-26)
2-17
Data Folder
Data Folder
2
Basic Operations
Handset files are organized in folders by file format.
[ Preset Folders
Pictures*
DCIM
Ring Songs·Tones*
S! Appli*
Music*
Videos*
Contents
Still images
Large still images on Memory Card (images
captured with save location set to SD(DCIM))
Downloaded melodies and other sound files
S! Applications
Downloaded Chaku-Uta Full® files
Video images
Lifestyle-Appli*
Lifestyle-Appli required to use Osaifu-Keitai®
Books*
Downloaded e-Books, etc.
Customized Screen* Downloaded Customized Screen files
Combinations of Status Icon and Status
Status Templates
Label for S! Friend's Status
Flash®
Downloaded Flash® (animation) files
Other Documents
Other files (Dictionary files, etc.)
*
Contains corresponding Yahoo! Keitai menu shortcut.
Memory Status
. Delete messages/files when memory is low. Handset performance
may be affected when memory is full.
% S g Data Folder S % S e Memory Status S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory Card S %
2-18
Data Folder
Opening Files
2 e Select folder S %
To open a sub folder, select it and
press %.
File List
Data Folder
. Unselectable files/folders appear in
gray.
. To show/hide sub folders, select a
folder and press A.
3 g Select file S %
. The content plays or appears.
. To return to file list, press $.
S! Mail Attachments
After 2, g (select file) S B S e
Send S % S e As Message S %
, When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen instructions.
Switching File List View
After 1, B S e Manage Items S
% S e Change List View S % S
e Select option S %
Copy Protected Files (K or L)
. Some functions may be unavailable.
Slide Show
Available for Pictures or DCIM folder.
1 In file list, e (select file) S B
2
Basic Operations
1 % S g Data Folder S %
File Options Menu
2 e Slide Show S %
Slide Show Window
3 % S Slide Show stops
Advanced
0 (Using Files as Wallpaper (Using Files as Ringtones (P.2-27)
2-19
Data Folder
Managing Files & Folders
2
Adding Folders
Basic Operations
May be unavailable for some folders.
1 % S g Data Folder S %
S e Select folder S %
2B
Moving Files
Some files may not be moved.
1 In file list, g (select file) S B
2 e Move S % S e Phone
or Memory Card S %
If Download is selected or folder is
empty, skip ahead to 4.
3 e Manage Items S %
3 g Select folder S %
4 g Move here S %
Copying Files
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Copy S % S e Phone or Memory
Card S % S g Copy here S %
Manage Items Menu
4 e Create Folder S % S
Enter name S %
Renaming Folders
After 1, g (select folder) S B S
e Manage Items S % S e
Rename S % S Enter name S %
. Assign different names to folders within a
layer.
Advanced
0 (Renaming Files (Sorting Files (Canceling Secret (Deleting Files &
Folders (P.2-27)
2-20
Selecting Multiple Files
1 In file list, g (select file) S A
. Repeat 1 as needed. (To uncheck,
select a file with P and press A.)
Hiding Folders
Restrict access to created folders.
Only handset folders can be hidden.
1 In file list, g (select folder)
SB
2 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Accessing Secret Folders
[File List] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Memory Card
Using Memory Card
Precautions
. Do not force Memory Card into or out of
handset.
. Do not touch terminals or expose them to
metal objects.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages
resulting from accidental loss/alteration
of information. Keep a copy of Phone
Book entries, etc. in a separate place.
Important Memory Card Usage Notes
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while files are being accessed; do not
subject to shocks/vibration or turn
handset power off.
. Be careful not to erase or overwrite files
accidentally.
Inserting & Removing
3 Close cover
Turn handset power off first.
1 Open cover
2 Insert card
If ; Appears after Power On
. Memory Card may not be inserted
properly; reinsert the card.
Removing Memory Card
. Gently push in card and release it; card
pops out. Pull card straight out gently.
2
Basic Operations
Use microSD=/microSDHC= Memory
Card (hereafter "Memory Card") to save
and organize files for use on 830SH.
Use recommended Memory Cards only.
For details, see P.13-21 "microSD=
Memory Card Compatibility."
. With terminal side up, insert card
until it clicks.
. Do not insert other objects into
Memory Card Slot.
2-21
Memory Card
Format Card
2
Basic Operations
When using a new Memory Card for the
first time, format it on the handset before
trying to save files, etc. Format Card
deletes all Memory Card files, even those
created on other devices.
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e
Memory Card S %
2 e Format Card S % S e
Yes S %
. Offline Mode is set. Handset
transmissions are suspended until
format is complete.
2-22
3 Enter Handset Code S %
Opening Memory Card Files
1 % S g Data Folder S %
2 B S e Change to
MemoryCard S %
4 e Yes S %
. To cancel, choose No and press %.
Precaution
. Never remove Memory Card or battery
while formatting; may cause damage.
. Memory Card Data Folder opens.
3 e Select folder S %
4 g Select file S %
Additional Functions
0 Display
4[Slide Show Wallpaper Menu] P.2-4 [Phone Settings Menu] P.2-2 [Customized Screen Menu] P.2-5
G Changing Display Option
% S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e Display
S % S e Standby Display S %
S e Standby Window S % S e
Display Window S % S e Select
option S %
. For Always Off, pressing a in
Standby opens Calendar.
Source Folder for Slide
G Selecting
Show Wallpaper
[Slide Show Wallpaper Menu] e
Folder Setting S % S e Pictures or
DCIM S % S g Select sub folder S
% S g Set this folder S %
. For Pictures, omit sub folder selection step.
. If there is no image in set folder, preset
images appear.
Customized Screen & S! Familiar
Usability
G Applying Preset Customized Screen
[Phone Settings Menu] e Customize
S % S e Customized Screen S
% S e Preset Screens S % S
e Select pattern S % S %
G Canceling Customized Screen
% S B S e Off S % S e Yes
S%
G Canceling S! Familiar Usability
2
Basic Operations
Standby Window
% S A S e S!おなじみ操作解除
S % S e Yes S %
Customized Screen or
G Canceling
S! Familiar Usability Unconditionally
' S e Main Menu S % S e
Settings S % S In Phone
Settings menu, e Customize S
% S e Off S % S e Yes S %
Customized Screen
G Accessing
Source Sites
[Customized Screen Menu] g
Select Customized Screen S B
S e Web Access S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
2-23
Additional Functions
0 Text Entry
2
4[Text Entry Window] P.2-7 [User Dictionary Menu] P.2-12 [Definition/Translation Window] P.2-13
Basic Operations
Character Entry
G Inserting Line Breaks
[ At the End of Text
[Text Entry Window] b
[ Mid-Entry
[Text Entry Window] # S J (in
kanji (hiragana) mode, # S g
J S %)
G Inserting Spaces
G
[Text Entry Window] d
Using Character Codes
[Text Entry Window] In Character
Code mode, enter four digits
(P.13-12)
G Using Pager Code
[Text Entry Window] B S e Input/
Conversion S % S e Input Method
S % S e Pager Code S %
. Return to text entry window and enter
two digits (P.13-11).
2-24
G Clearing Entry Log
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Input/Conversion S % S e
Reset Log S % S e Yes S %
G Inserting Phone Book Entry Items
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Insert/Font Size S % S e Phone
Book S % S g Select entry or
My Details S % S e Select item
S%
G Undo Conversion or Recover
Deleted Characters
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Undo/Recover S %
G Changing Font Size
[Text Entry Window] B S e
Insert/Font Size S % S e Font
Size S % S e Select size S %
User Dictionary
G Deleting Entries
[User Dictionary Menu] e Saved
Word List S % S e Select word
S B S e Yes S %
Dictionary
G Copying Index Word
[Definition/Translation Window] B
S e Copy Index Word S %
G Opening Log
& S B S e History S % S e
Select word S %
Additional Functions
0 Phone Book Entry Items
G Changing Vibration Pattern
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Select item, e.g., Vibration-Message:
S % S e Switch On/Off S % S
e Select option S % S e
Vibration Pattern S % S e Select
pattern S % S $
G Saving Other Information
[ Address
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Address: S % S e Select item
S % S Complete field S % S A
[ Office
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Office: S % S e Select item S
% S Enter text S % S A
[ Homepage
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Homepage: S % S Enter URL S
% S e Select type S %
G Setting Incoming Mail Ring Time
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Tone-New Message: S % S e
Duration S % S Enter time S %
. Available for compatible ringtones.
G Assigning Images to Phone Book
2
Basic Operations
Phone Book Entry
4[Phone Book Entry Window] P.2-15
Entries for Incoming Transmissions
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Picture: S % S e Assign Picture
S % S g Select image S %
[ Note
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Note: S % S Enter text S %
[ Birthday
[Phone Book Entry Window] e
Birthday: S % S Enter date S %
2-25
Additional Functions
0 Phone Book Entries
2
Basic Operations
Using Entries
G Messaging via Phone Book
[ Phone Numbers
[Entry Details] e Select number
S % S e Create Message S %
S e S! Mail or SMS S % S
Complete message S A
[ Mail Addresses
[Entry Details] e Select address
S % S Complete message S A
Managing Entries
G Editing Phone Book Entries
[Entry Search Window] g Select
entry S B S e Edit S % S e
Select item S % S Edit S % S A
. Edit Reading after editing names.
2-26
4[Entry Details] P.2-17 [Entry Search Window] P.2-17 [Category Control Menu] P.2-16
G Deleting Phone Book Entries
[ One Entry
[Entry Search Window] g Select
entry S B S e Delete S % S
e Yes S %
[ All Entries
% S g Phone S % S e
Manage Entries S % S e Delete
All S % S e Select entry type S
% S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
G Renaming Categories
[Category Control Menu] e Select
Category S % S e Edit Name S
% S Enter name S %
G Moving Categories
[Category Control Menu] e Select
Category S A S e Select target
location S %
. View for By Category Phone Book
search changes accordingly.
Additional Functions
0 Data Folder Contents
G Using Files as Wallpaper
[File Options Menu] e Set as
Wallpaper S % S %
. For images smaller or larger than
Display, select an option and press %.
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen instructions.
G Using Files as Ringtones
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Set as Ringtone S % S e Select
item S %
. When prompted, enter ring time and
press %.
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen instructions.
Managing Files/Folders
G Renaming Files
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Manage Items S % S e Rename
S % S Enter name S %
G Sorting Files
G Deleting Files & Folders
[ Single Files
[File List] g Select file S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ Folder & Files Within
2
Basic Operations
Handling Files
4[File Options Menu] P.2-19 [File List] P.2-19 [Manage Items Menu] P.2-20
[File List] g Select folder S B S
e Delete S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
[Manage Items Menu] e Sort S
% S e Select method S %
. To reverse the order, sort by the same
method again.
G Canceling Secret
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and g (select Secret folder) S B
S e Unset Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
2-27
Voice Calling................................... 3-2
Video Calling .................................. 3-4
Speed Dial....................................... 3-5
Call Log........................................... 3-6
Call Time & Call Cost .................... 3-7
Optional Services .......................... 3-8
Additional Functions ................... 3-10
Emergency Calls.......................... 3-14
3
Calling
3-1
Voice Calling
Voice Calling
Answering a Voice Call
3
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
Placing a Voice Call
1 Enter phone number with
Calling
area code
Placing an International Call
Apply for International Call Service
beforehand.
1 Enter phone number with
2!
area code S B
2 e Int'l Call S %
Incoming Voice Call Window
1 ! to accept the call
. Call connects.
2 " S Call ends
Muting Ringer Temporarily
[Incoming Voice Call Window] $
After Calls to/from Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
Voice Call Window
. Handset dials the number.
3 " S Call ends
Correcting Numbers
In 1, f (place cursor under the
digit) S $
, Long Press $ to delete the digits
above and after the cursor.
Earpiece Volume
During a call, e or L
Country Code List
3 e Select country S % S !
. Handset dials the number.
4 " S Call ends
Calling Unlisted Countries
In 3, e Enter Code S % S Enter
country code S % S !
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls (Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Adjusting Earpiece Volume (Muting Microphone
(Recording Caller Voice (Using Speaker Phone (P.3-10 - 3-11)
3-2
1(Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls
(Showing Call Cost after each call (Hiding Call Time during calls
(P.12-7)
Voice Calling
Placing Calls while Abroad
See below to place a call to Japan from abroad.
Apply for Global Roaming beforehand.
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/global_service/
area code S B
2 e Int'l Call S % S e 日本
1 $ (Long)
(JPN) S % S !
. Handset dials the number.
3 " S Call ends
Calling SoftBank Handsets
. In 2, always select e 日本(JPN).
Calling Landlines & Mobiles within the
Same Country
. Perform steps in "Placing a Voice Call"
on P.3-2.
Calls Overseas
. Calling may not be possible outside Japan.
Connections depend on available network,
signal strength, and handset settings.
. Answer Phone is set.
Playing Messages
1$
. Playback ends automatically after all
messages have played.
[ Playback Operations
Volume Control
Replay/
Skip Backward
e or L
Stop
Skip Forward
Delete
$
% or d
B S e Yes S %
c
3
Calling
1 Enter phone number with
Answer Phone
Record caller messages on handset.
Answer Phone cannot be used when
handset is off or out-of-range. Use
Voicemail to record caller messages when
Answer Phone is not available.
Canceling Answer Phone
$ (Long)
Answering Calls while Recording
. No message will be recorded.
Advanced
0 (Recording Caller Messages (Answer Phone) (P.3-10)
3-3
Video Calling
Video Calling
3
View the other party's image or send an
Outgoing Image to compatible handsets.
Use External Camera to send your image.
Answering a Video Call
Incoming Call window opens for a call.
Placing a Video Call
1 b S g Select entry S %
Calling
S e Select phone number
S % S e Video Call S %
Incoming Image
Other Party's
Number/Name
Outgoing Image
Important Video Call Usage Notes
. If both parties are using handset models
without internal cameras, Video Call
cannot be used as intended.
. If both parties are not using the same
Video Call system, call may be
interrupted. (Video Call charges apply.)
Incoming Video Call Window
1 ! to accept the call
. Alternative Image is sent.
2 " S Call ends
Answering with External Camera Image
[Incoming Video Call Window] % S
e No S %
After Calls to/from Unsaved Numbers
. Save to Phone Book confirmation appears.
Video Call Window
. Call is accepted and image appears.
2 " S Call ends
Viewing Engaged Video Call Operations
After 1, B S e Help S %
Toggling Camera/Alternative Image
After 1, %
Advanced
0 (Rejecting Calls (Placing Calls on Hold (Answering with
Headphones (Answering Video Calls Automatically (Adjusting
Earpiece Volume (Muting Microphone (Canceling Speaker Output
(P.3-10 - 3-11)
3-4
1(Showing Call Cost after each call (Hiding Call Time during calls
(Changing Alternative Image (Changing quality of Incoming/Outgoing
Images (Disabling Loudspeaker for Video Calls (P.12-7)
Speed Dial
Speed Dial
Saving Phone Numbers
1 % S g Phone S %
2 e Speed Dial/Mail S %
3 e Select number S % S
g Select entry S %
4 e Select phone number S %
. Select mail address prompt appears.
. To save additional phone numbers,
repeat 3 - 6.
Using Headphones for Speed Dial
. Save a phone number to J.
Canceling Speed Dial Entries
In 3, e (select entry) S B S e
Remove Selected or Remove All S
% S e Yes S %
, Omit entry selection step when
canceling all entries.
Using Speed Dial
1 0 - 99 (entry number)
2!
Placing Video Calls
In 2, % S e Speed Video S %
Using Headphones
. In Standby, Long Press Call Button until a
double beep sounds; handset dials the
number saved in J. To end the call, Long
Press Call Button until a beep sounds.
3
Calling
Save phone numbers to Speed Dial/Mail
list for easy dialing.
6 A S Saved
5 e Do not Assign S %
To save mail address instead, select
one and press %.
3-5
Call Log
Call Log
Open recent dialed/received call records.
3
1!
Calling
All Calls Window
. All Calls opens; press d to open
Dialed Numbers, Dialed Frequency
and then Received Calls.
2 g Select record S %
When the Same Number is Dialed More
Than Once Using the Same Call Option
. Only the last record appears. (All records
appear for S! Circle Talk.)
Advanced
0 (Dialing from Call Log Records (Sending Messages (Saving Phone
Book Entries (Deleting Call Log Records (P.3-11)
3-6
Call Time & Call Cost
Call Time & Call Cost
Call Time
Call Cost
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Call/Video Call
2 e Call Time & Cost S %
Check estimated call charges of the most
recent call and all calls.
Call Costs (including Max Cost) may
be unavailable depending on
subscription status.
3
Calling
Check estimated time of the most recent
call and all calls.
1 In Call Time & Cost menu,
e Call Costs S %
2 e Show Call Cost S %
Call Time & Cost Menu
3 e Call Timers S %
Show Call Cost Window
Call Timers Menu
4 e Dialed Calls or Received
Calls S %
Advanced
0 (Resetting Call Timers (Resetting Call Costs (P.3-12)
1(Checking the most recent packet transmission volume (Checking all
packet transmission volume (P.12-7)
3-7
Optional Services
Optional Services
3
Call Forwarding and Voicemail can only
be set simultaneously when Call
Forwarding is set to Video Calls.
Calling
Automatically divert all or all
Call
unanswered incoming calls to
Forwarding
another preset phone number
Redirect all or unanswered
calls to Voicemail Center;
Voicemail
access messages from
handset/touchtone phones
* Answer incoming calls or open
Call Waiting
another line during a call
Switch between open lines
Group
or connect multiple lines at
Calling*
once for teleconferencing
Call
Restrict incoming/outgoing
calls depending on conditions
Barring
Caller ID
*
Show or hide your own
number when placing calls
A separate contract is required.
Initiating Call Forwarding
Follow these steps to divert calls to a
phone number saved in Phone Book after
selected ring time (No Answer set):
1 % S g Settings S % S
2
f Call/Video Call
e Voicemail/Divert S %
Initiating Voicemail
Voicemail/Divert Menu
3 e Diverts S % S e
4
6
0 (Checking Service Status (P.3-12)
3-8
Diverting Calls without Handset Response
In 4, e Always S % S 5 - 7
Entering Forwarding Number Directly
In 5, e Enter Number S % S
Enter phone number S % S e
Select ring time S %
Follow these steps to divert calls to
Voicemail Center after selected ring time
(No Answer set):
Select call type S %
e No Answer S %
5 e Phone Book S % S g
Advanced
7%
8 e Select ring time S %
Select entry S %
e Select phone number S %
. Omit 6 if only one number is saved.
1 In Voicemail/Divert menu,
e Voicemail S % S e
Activate S %
2 e No Answer S % S e
Select ring time S %
Diverting Calls without Handset Response
In 2, e Always S %
Optional Services
Missed Call Notification
Activate this function for records of calls
missed while handset is off/out-of-range
and Voicemail is active.
Playing Messages
1 In Call/Video Call menu, e
Voicemail/Divert S %
Canceling Call Forwarding/Voicemail
1 In Voicemail/Divert menu,
e Cancel All S %
3
Calling
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Call/Video Call
Voicemail/Divert Menu
2 e Voicemail S %
3 e Call Voicemail S %
Call/Video Call Menu
2 e )Missed Calls S % S %
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
2 e Yes S %
. Follow the voice guidance for further
operations.
Hiding New Voicemail Message Indicator
In 3, e Delete Icon S % S e Yes
S%
Advanced
0 [Call Waiting (Separate Contract Required)]
(Activating Call Waiting (Placing Line 1 on Hold to Answer Line 2
(P.3-12)
[Group Calling (Separate Contract Required)]
(Opening Another Line during a Call (Switching Between Open Lines
(Swap Calls) (Talking on Multiple Lines Simultaneously (P.3-12)
[Call Barring]
(Rejecting Calls by Number (Rejecting Calls without Designating
Numbers (Changing Network Password (P.3-13)
[Caller ID]
(Showing/Hiding Caller ID (P.3-13)
3-9
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 1
4[Incoming Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-2, Video Call: P.3-4 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9 [Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-2, Video Call: P.3-4
3
Receiving a Voice Call/Video Call
Calling
G Rejecting Calls
[Incoming Call Window] B S e
Reject S %
G Placing Calls on Hold
[Incoming Call Window] "
. Press ! to answer the call on hold.
G Answering with Headphones
[Incoming Call Window] Long
Press Call Button
. To end the call, Long Press Call Button.
G Recording Caller Messages
(Answer Phone)
[Incoming Voice Call Window] B
S e Record Message S %
3-10
G Answering Video Calls Automatically
[ Saving Numbers to Auto Answer List
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video
Call S % S e Remote Monitor
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Auto Answer List S % S e
<Empty> S B S e Change S %
S e From Phone Book or From
Call Log S % S g Select entry
S % S e Select phone number
S%
. For From Call Log, omit entry
selection step.
. To enter a phone number directly,
select <Empty> and press %.
[ Activating Remote Monitor
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Video
Call S % S e Remote Monitor
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S % S %
. A tone sounds for calls answered via
Remote Monitor. (Tone and volume are
fixed.)
. Remote Monitor is effective only when
handset is open.
Placing a Voice Call/Video Call
G Adjusting Earpiece Volume
% S g Settings S % S In Phone
Settings menu, e Earpiece Volume
S % S e Adjust level S %
Call Window Operations
G Muting Microphone
[Call Window] A
. To cancel, press A.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 2
Voice Call
[Voice Call Window] B S e
Record Caller Voice S % S
Recording starts S % S
Recording ends
. To play recorded messages, see P.3-3
"Playing Messages."
G Using Speaker Phone
[Voice Call Window] % S While
message appears, %
. To cancel, press %.
Video Call
G Canceling Speaker Output
[Video Call Window] B S e
Loudspeaker Off S %
. To activate Speaker, select
Loudspeaker On.
Call Log
G Dialing from Call Log Records
[ Calling Previously Dialed Numbers
(Redial)
c S e Select record S !
[ Calling from Received Call Records
d S e Select record S !
. To place Video Calls, press B instead
of !, then select Video Call and
press %.
G Deleting Call Log Records
[ One Record
[All Calls Window] e Select
record S B S e Delete S % S
e Yes S %
3
Calling
G Recording Caller Voice
4[Call Window] Voice Call: P.3-2, Video Call: P.3-4 [All Calls Window] P.3-6
[ All Records
[All Calls Window] B S e Delete
All S % S Enter Handset Code S
% S e Yes S %
G Sending Messages
[All Calls Window] e Select
record S B S e Create Message
S % S e S! Mail or SMS S %
S Complete message S A
G Saving Phone Book Entries
[All Calls Window] e Select
record S B S e Save to Phone
Book S % S e As New Entry S
% S Complete other fields S A
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
3-11
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 3
4[Call Timers Menu] P.3-7 [Show Call Cost Window] P.3-7 [Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9 [Voice Call Window] P.3-2
3
Call Time & Call Cost
Calling
G Resetting Call Timers
[Call Timers Menu] e Clear
Timers S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
G Resetting Call Costs
[Show Call Cost Window] B S
Enter PIN2 S % S e Yes S %
Optional Services
Service Status
G Checking Service Status
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Select
service S % S e Status S %
. For Call Barring, select restriction and
press %.
Call Waiting (Contract Required)
G Activating Call Waiting
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Waiting S % S e On S %
G Placing Line 1 on Hold to Answer
Line 2
[Voice Call Window] A tone sounds
S!
. Press ! to switch between lines.
. Press " to end active line and
re-engage the party on hold.
3-12
Group Calling (Contract Required)
G Opening Another Line during a Call
[Voice Call Window] Enter phone
number S !
. Long Press ! to select a number
from Call Log.
G Switching Between Open Lines
(Swap Calls)
[Voice Call Window] !
. Press ! to switch between lines.
on Multiple Lines
G Talking
Simultaneously
[Voice Call Window] While switching
between lines, B S e Group
Calling S % S e Conference All
S%
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 4
Call Barring
[ Saving Phone Numbers
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Black List S
% S e Set Reject Number S %
S e <Empty> S % S Enter
phone number S %
. Activate Black List to reject calls from
saved phone numbers.
[ Activating Black List
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Black List S
% S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S %
Calls without Designating G Changing Network Password
G Rejecting
Numbers
[ Calls from Unsaved Numbers
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Unknown S
% S e On S %
[ Calls without Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Withheld S
% S e On S %
[ Calls from Public Phones
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Payphone S
% S e On S %
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Change NW
Password S % S Enter current
Network Password S % S Enter
new Network Password S % S
Re-enter new Network Password
S%
3
Calling
G Rejecting Calls by Number
4[Call/Video Call Menu] P.3-9
Caller ID
G Showing/Hiding Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Show My
Number S % S e On or Off S %
[ Calls with Undisplayable Caller ID
[Call/Video Call Menu] e Call
Barring S % S e Rejected
Numbers S % S e Unavailable
S % S e On S %
3-13
Emergency Calls
Emergency Calls
3
Calling
Your location is automatically reported to
the corresponding agency (police, etc.)
when you place emergency calls (110,
119 or 118) with SoftBank 3G handsets.
(Emergency Location Report)
830SH reports Location Information based
on positioning signals from radio stations.
. Registration/transmission fees do not apply.
. Positioning accuracy is affected by
location/signal conditions. Always provide
your location and purpose on the phone.
. Location Information is not reported when
emergency calls are placed without Caller
ID (such as when the number is prefixed
with 184). However, the corresponding
agency may obtain your Location
Information in a life threatening situation.
. Not available during international roaming.
3-14
Handset Restrictions &
Emergency Calls
Emergency calls are possible even while
some handset restrictions are active.
Active Restriction
Emergency Calls
Max Cost
Function Lock (P.10-2) Possible
Outgoing Calls
Offline Mode (P.1-15)
Keypad Lock (P.1-13) Restricted
PIN Entry (P.10-2)
Messaging ...................................... 4-2
Handling Messages ..................... 4-14
Basics .............................................. 4-2
Customizing Handset Address ........ 4-3
Managing & Using Messages.........4-14
Sorting Messages into Designated
Folders ...........................................4-16
Sending Messages......................... 4-4
Sending S! Mail ............................... 4-4
Sending SMS................................... 4-7
Chat Folder................................... 4-17
Additional Functions ..................... 4-8
Incoming Messages..................... 4-10
Mail Groups .................................. 4-18
Opening & Replying....................... 4-10
PC Mail.......................................... 4-19
Additional Functions ................... 4-22
Additional Functions ................... 4-12
Using Chat Folders.........................4-17
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail ....4-18
4
Messaging
4-1
Messaging
Basics
Use the following messaging services.
SMS
4
[ Available Entry Items
Recipient Subject Message Attachment
Exchange up to 160 alphanumerics
with SoftBank handsets.
Messaging
SMS
Available*
S! Mail
Available Available Available Available
N/A
Available
N/A
PC Mail Available Available Available Available
S! Mail
Exchange up to 30,000 characters
with e-mail compatible handsets,
PCs, etc; attach media files, etc.
Send Graphic Mail; set Feeling
Setting in subject field when
messaging SoftBank handsets.
PC Mail
Receive or reply to PC mail account
messages. Use 830SH to handle PC
Mail messages like SMS or S! Mail.
*
SoftBank handset numbers only.
. A separate contract is required to use
S! Mail and receive e-mail from PCs, etc.
. For more information, see SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (P.13-21).
Auto Retry Function
If recipient's handset is off/out-of-range, a
sent message is saved in Server Mail Box
and delivery attempted at regular intervals.
(Undeliverable messages are deleted.)
Auto Resend
When Auto Resend is active, handset
automatically resends unsent messages up
to two times. Cancel to disable (P.12-8).
4-2
Messaging
Customizing Handset Address
Change alphanumerics before @ of the
default handset mail address.
For more information, see SOFTBANK
MOBILE Corp. Website (P.13-21).
Saving Address
2 e Information S %
When handset address is changed, SoftBank
sends new address confirmation via S! Mail.
4
Messaging
Changing Address
1 B S e Settings S %
2 e Address Settings S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
Select English and press %, then
follow onscreen instructions.
To save new address to My Details, follow
these steps. (New address is effective
even if not saved.)
1 e Message S %
3 e Yes S %
4A
4-3
Sending Messages
Sending S! Mail
Follow these steps to send S! Mail to a
number/address saved in Phone Book:
4
1 B S e Create Message S %
Messaging
When a PC Mail Account exists, select
S! Mail and press %.
5 e Select number or mail
address S %
. Omit 5 if only one number or
address is saved.
. When a mail address is entered, do
not use single-byte katakana in
message text or subject.
6 e Select subject field S %
S Enter subject S %
S! Mail Composition Window
2 e Select recipient field S %
3 e Phone Book S %
4 g Select recipient S %
7 e CText S %
9 A S Transmission starts
. To cancel, press A during
transmission.
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
Previewing Outgoing Message
After 8, B S e Preview Message
S%
Pictogram Entry
. In Pictogram List, press ' to toggle
cross-carrier Pictograms and all Pictograms.
. Pictogram appearance may differ by carrier.
Text Entry Window
8 Enter message S %
S! Mail Composition Window
Advanced
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods (Adding Recipients (Inserting
Signature Automatically (Speed Dial/Mail List (Saving without
Sending (Auto Send when Signal Returns (Designating Send Date/
Time (within one week) (Canceling Sent S! Mail (Requesting Delivery
Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
4-4
1(Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages (P.12-8)
Sending Messages
Attaching Files
Send attachments to compatible handsets.
Follow these steps to attach images to S! Mail:
4 g Select file S %
When a size list appears, select
attachment size and press %.
1 In S! Mail Composition
window after composing
message, B S e Feeling
Settings S %
1 In S! Mail Composition
Attach File Window
. Repeat 2 - 4 to attach more files.
5 A S Transmission starts
Attaching Non-Image Files
. In 3, select a folder other than Picture
and press %, then select a file.
2 e Select category, e.g.,
4
Messaging
window after composing
message, f kAttach
2 e Attach File S %
Sending Feeling Mail
Happy/Glad S %
3 e Select item, e.g., I Love
You S %
3 e Picture S % S e
Select folder S %
4 A S Transmission starts
Canceling Feeling Mail
[S! Mail Composition Window] e
Select subject field S % S f Select
Pictogram, e.g., 6 S $ S %
Advanced
0 (Set Auto Play File (P.4-9)
4-5
Sending Messages
Sending Graphic Mail
Follow these steps to:
. Change font size and background color
. Insert images and My Pictograms
. Scroll text
4
Messaging
1 In text entry window,
! (Long)
4 A S g BG Color: S % S
8 A S g Effect S %
5 A S g Picture S % S e
9 f Scrolling S %
g Select color S %
Select folder S % S g
Select file S %
a f Select direction S % S
Enter text
Graphic Mail Window
2 g Font Size: S %
6 g Select location S % S $ b % S A S Transmission
7 A S g My Pictogram S
starts
% S B S g Select file S
%S$
3 f Select size S % S
Enter text
Advanced
0 (Creating Graphic Mail from Templates (Changing Text Color, Size &
Effect (P.4-9)
4-6
Canceling Last Action
[Graphic Mail Window] g Undo S %
Cancelling All Graphic Mail Settings
[Graphic Mail Window] g Cancel S
% S e Yes S %
Saving as Templates
After a, % S B S e Save as
Template S % S Enter name S %
S g Save here S %
, Only the message text is saved.
Sending Messages
Sending SMS
Follow these steps to send SMS to a
number saved in Phone Book:
1 B S e Create New SMS S %
6 e Select message text field
S%
4
SMS Composition Window
7 Enter message S %
2 e Select recipient field S %
3 e Phone Book S %
4 g Select recipient S %
SMS Composition Window
5 e Select number S %
8 A S Transmission starts
. Omit 5 if only one number is saved.
Messaging
Text Entry Window
Incoming Calls while Creating Message
. Content is saved temporarily. End the call
to return.
When Message Text Exceeds Limit
. A confirmation appears. To convert SMS
to S! Mail, follow these steps:
e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Using Other Recipient Entry Methods (Adding Recipients (Speed
Dial/Mail List (Saving without Sending (Auto Send when Signal
Returns (Designating Send Date/Time (within one week) (Requesting
Delivery Confirmation (P.4-8 - 4-9)
1(Requesting Delivery Report for all messages (Disabling automatic
resend of unsent messages (Changing Server sent message storage
limit (P.12-8 - 12-9)
4-7
Additional Functions
0 Messaging 1
Creating Messages
4
Other Recipient Entry
G Using
Methods
Messaging
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S %
G Adding Recipients
[Composition Window] e Select
recipient field S % S e Add
Recipient S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S % S A
G Inserting Signature Automatically
B S e Settings S % S e
S! Mail Settings S % S e
Signature Settings S % S e Edit
S % S Enter signature S % S
e Auto Insert S % S e On S %
. Signature is inserted above message
text when forwarding messages or
quoting original message text in replies.
. Not available for SMS.
4-8
G Speed Dial/Mail List
4[Composition Window] S! Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7
[ Saving Recipients
B S e Settings S % S e
Speed Dial/Mail S % S e
<Empty> S % S g Select Phone
Book entry S % S e Select
number or mail address S % S
e Do not Assign S % S A
[ Creating Messages
In Standby, 0 - 99 (Speed
Dial/Mail entry number) S B
. When messaging to SoftBank handset
numbers, select S! Mail or SMS and
press %.
Sending Messages
G Saving without Sending
[Composition Window] B S e
Save to Drafts S %
G Auto Send when Signal Returns
[Composition Window] B S e
Send Reservation S % S e Within
the Network S % S e Yes S %
G Designating Send Date/Time (within
one week)
[Composition Window] B S e
Send Reservation S % S e Date
& Time S % S Enter date/time S
% S e Yes S %
G Canceling Sent S! Mail
B S e Sent Messages S % S
e Select folder S % S e Select
message S B S e Set Sent
Cancel S % S e Yes S %
. Available for messages sent to
SoftBank handsets.
Additional Functions
0 Messaging 2
4[Composition Window] S! Mail: P.4-4, SMS: P.4-7 [Attach File Window] P.4-5 [S! Mail Composition Window] P.4-4 [Graphic Mail Window] P.4-6
G Requesting Delivery Confirmation
. Delivery Report arrives when message
is delivered.
. Not available for PC Mail.
G Set Auto Play File
[Attach File Window] e Select file
S B S e Set Auto Play File S
% S e Switch On/Off S % S e
On S % S e Enter Message S
% S Enter comment S %
. Not available for PC Mail.
Graphic Mail
G Creating Graphic Mail from
Templates
[ Opening Templates from
Messaging Menu
[ Opening Templates from S! Mail
Composition Window
[S! Mail Composition Window] B
S e Launch Template S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Open a template before entering
message text.
G Changing Text Color, Size & Effect
4
Messaging
[Composition Window] B S e
Messaging Settings S % S e
Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Attachments
[Graphic Mail Window] B S g
Select start point S % S g
Highlight text range S % S g
Font Color:, Font Size: or Effect S
% S Set S %
B S e Templates S % S e
Select template S % S Complete
message S A
. Template size may change when used
for creating messages.
4-9
Incoming Messages
Opening & Replying
Opening New Messages
1 e Message S %
Information window opens for new mail.
4
. See P.4-21 to receive PC Mail.
Messaging
Message List
2 e Select message S %
. By default, complete S! Mail messages
including attachments are retrieved;
transmission fees apply depending on the
price plan.
. Automatic message retrieval while abroad
may incur high charges since flat-rate
packet transmission plans do not apply
during international roaming. Set handset
to retrieve initial portion of message text,
then manually retrieve complete message
as needed.
Delivery Report
. Information window opens for Delivery
Report. Follow these steps to open it:
e Delivery Report S % S e Select
message with report S % S A
Receiving Feeling Mail
. Vibration and ringtone respond according
to settings.
Attached Images
. Attached images open automatically.
Messages with Quiz
Enter or select answer S %
, Message cannot be opened until the
correct answer is entered or selected.
Animation View
. When a specific Pictogram is included in
subject or message text, corresponding
animation appears in message window
background.
. Message text appears in 3D
animation (3D Pictogram).
3 e Select 3D Pictogram
option S %
. Message window opens.
Advanced
0 (Opening New Mail Out of Standby (Retrieving New S! Mail Manually
(Retrieving Server Mail List (Viewing New Messages on External
Display (Reporting Unsolicited Message Sources as Spammers
(Saving Attachments to Data Folder (P.4-12)
4-10
1(Hiding incoming Feeling Mail subject, sender, etc. (Disabling 3D
Pictogram (Disabling automatic S! Mail retrieval in Japan (Disabling
automatic S! Mail retrieval abroad (Enabling image auto-resize
(Disabling image auto-open (Enabling sound auto-play (P.12-8 - 12-9)
Incoming Messages
Window Description
Message Window
Replying to Messages
Message List
Sender or Recipient
Subject (except for SMS)
Received or
Sent Date & Time
Message Text
Sender or Recipient
Message Text
[ Message Type/Status
g Unread
G Read
O
H
I
C
Sent
Failed
Replied
Forwarded
Send
K
Reservation set
Press # to open previous (older)
message, or ( to open next (newer) one.
Use L to change font size.
Transmission starts
Replying to Messages Addressed to
Multiple Recipients
After 1, e To Sender or Reply All
S%S2
Auto Reply
. Handset sends a reply automatically
when receiving messages from saved
numbers or addresses in specified mode.
4
Messaging
Message Type/Status
(see below)
1 In message window, A
2 Complete message S A S
Mail Notice
L (remaining
portion exists)
Unread Delivery
P
Report
M Attachments
N Protected
O Priority (High)
T Priority (Low)
< USIM Card SMS
_ or ~ appears for SMS/PC Mail messages (B, },
etc.).
Advanced
0 (Using Linked Info (Saving to Phone Book (Copying Text (Quoting
Original Message Text (Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text (Replying
to Messages Automatically (P.4-12 - 4-13)
1(Changing message window scroll unit (Changing message list view
(Showing complete sent/received message addresses (P.12-8)
4-11
Additional Functions
0 Handling Incoming Messages 1
Receiving/Opening Messages
4
G Opening New Mail Out of Standby
Messaging
B (Long)
G Retrieving New S! Mail Manually
BSB
New Messages on External
G Viewing
Display
ISI
. Available with handset closed.
G Reporting Unsolicited Message
Sources as Spammers
[Message Window] B S e
Report Spam S % S A
. Signature is not inserted automatically.
. Not available for PC Mail.
. When a PC Mail Account exists, select
S! Mail and press %.
. Retrieve messages missed while
handset is out-of-range.
G Saving Attachments to Data Folder
B S e Server Mail Box S % S
e Mail List S % S e Yes S %
[Message Window] e Select file
S B S e Save to Data Folder S
% S Enter name S % S g Save
here S %
G Retrieving Server Mail List
. For templates, Save as Template
appears. (Omit file name entry step.)
4-12
4[Message Window] P.4-14
Handling Information
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Message Window] g Select
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Message Window] g Select
number or mail address S % S
e Create Message S % S e
S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. For mail addresses, omit mail type
selection step.
[ Accessing Internet Sites
[Message Window] g Select URL
S % S e Yes S %
. Select PC Site Br. to connect via PC
Site Browser.
Additional Functions
0 Handling Incoming Messages 2
G Saving to Phone Book
[ Saving Sender Address
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
[ Saving Linked Info
[Message Window] g Select
number or mail address S % S e
Save to Phone Book or Save
Address S % S e As New Entry
S % S Complete other fields S A
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
G Copying Text
[ Sender/Recipient Number/Address
[Message Window] B S e Copy
S % S e Address S % S e
Select number/address S %
[Message Window] B S e Copy
S % S e Subject or Message Text
S % S g Select first character S
% S g Highlight text range S %
Replying to Messages
G Quoting Original Message Text
[Message Window] B S e Reply
S % S e S! Mail (History) or
SMS (History) S % S Complete
message S A
G Replying Quickly Using Fixed Text
[ Editing Quick Reply Text
[General Settings Menu] e Send/
Compose S % S e Set Quick
Reply S % S e Select text S %
S Edit text S %
[ Using Quick Reply
[Message Window] A (Long) S
e Select text S %
G Replying to Messages Automatically
[ Saving Recipients
[General Settings Menu] e Send/
Compose S % S e Auto Reply
S % S e Address Setting S %
S e Select blank entry S % S
Select/enter recipient S e Select
mode S % (N/P) S A S A
4
Messaging
[Message Window] B S e Save
Address S % S e Select
number or mail address S % S
e As New Entry S % S
Complete other fields S A
4[Message Window] P.4-14 [General Settings Menu] P.4-16
[ Subject or Message Text
. Select saved recipient and press % to
edit number/address.
[ Editing Reply Text
[General Settings Menu] e Send/
Compose S % S e Auto Reply
S % S e Reply Message S %
S e Select mode S % S Enter
text S %
. Edit text for each mode.
[ Activating Auto Reply
[General Settings Menu] e Send/
Compose S % S e Auto Reply
S % S e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
. Replies are sent via S! Mail.
. Except for some messages, replies are
sent to the same sender only once
each time Auto Reply is activated.
. Auto Reply is not available for PC Mail
or while abroad.
4-13
Handling Messages
Managing & Using Messages
Messaging Folders
Messages are organized in folders by type.
Checking Messages
1 B S e Received Msg. or
3 e Select message S %
Sent Messages S %
4
Messaging
Received Messages
Incomplete/
Unsent Messages
Message Window
Sent Messages
Failed or Send
Reservation Messages
Auto Delete
. Oldest received/sent messages are
deleted automatically to save new ones
when memory is full. Protect important
messages to avoid unintentional deletion.
Opening Help
. Follow these steps in folder list, message
list or message window:
B S e Help S %
Protecting Messages
Folder List
. When a PC Mail Account exists,
folder with the name specified in
Account Name appears.
. Select a folder and press A to hide/
show sub folders. To open full message
list, hide sub folders and press %.
1 In message list, e (select
message) S B S e
Manage Msg. S %
2 e Select folder S %
Manage Msg. Menu
2 e Lock S %
Message List
Canceling Protection
In 2, e Unlock S %
Advanced
0 (Deleting Messages (Selecting Multiple Messages (Color-Tagging
Messages (Sorting Messages (Opening Sender/Recipient Details
(Forwarding Messages (Sending from Drafts (P.4-22)
4-14
1(Changing view for Received Msg. folder (Changing view for Sent
Messages folder (Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received
messages (Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages
(P.12-8)
Handling Messages
Searching Messages
Search messages by message text,
sender/recipient address, etc.
1 B S e Received Msg. or
Sent Messages S %
Select/enter address or text
S%
Searching within Mail Folder
In 3, e Search Folder S % S 4
Searching Message Text
. Follow these steps to find specific words/
phrases; limit search by character type.
[Message Window] B S e Search
Text S % S Enter text S %
, Press A or B to jump to next/previous
search result.
1 B S e Received Msg. or
Sent Messages S %
2 e Select folder S B
4
Messaging
2 B S e Search S %
3 e Search All Msg. S %
4 e Select method S % S
Hiding Folders
Messages appear in Chat Folders even if
source messages are sorted into Secret
folders.
3 e Set Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S %
Accessing Secret Folders
After 1, B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Advanced
0 (Sending Unsent Messages (Using Sent Messages (Searching
1(Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders (P.12-8)
Messages within Specified Folder (Saving Messages with Schedules to
Calendar (Canceling Secret (P.4-23)
4-15
Handling Messages
Sorting Messages into Designated Folders
4
1 B S e Received Msg. or
Messaging
Sort messages by sender/recipient or
partially matching text in sender/recipient
address, subject or SMS message text.
2 e Select target folder S B
3 e My Folders S % S e
Sent Messages S %
Select blank entry S %
5 e Select method S % S
Select/enter number/
address S %
6 A S Saved
Sort by Partially Matching Text
In 4, e Sender(Include)
(Recipient(Include) for Sent
Messages) or Subject S % S Enter
text S % S 6
Filtering Spam
4 e Sender(Exact)
(Recipient(Exact) for Sent
Messages) S %
Follow these steps to filter messages from
handset numbers/addresses not saved in
Phone Book into Spam Folder:
1 B S e Settings S % S
e General Settings S %
General Settings Menu
Advanced
0 (Renaming Folders (Deleting Folders (Adding Folders (Re-sorting
Messages (Moving Messages Manually (Sorting Spam by Setting
Keys (P.4-23 - 4-24)
4-16
2 e Anti Spam Measures S %
3 Enter Handset Code S %
Anti Spam Measures Menu
4 e Unregistered(Mobile) S
% (P)
5AS%
Exempting Messages from Filtering
After 4, e Permitted List(Common)
S B S e Select blank entry S %
S e Select key S % S Select/
enter number/address/subject S %
S A S % (P) S 5
When a PC Mail Account Exists
. Filter PC Mail messages from addresses
not saved in Phone Book.
Chat Folder
Using Chat Folders
Organize messages exchanged between
handset and Chat members' handsets.
To hide messages, set Chat Folder to Secret.
3 e Add New Member S %
Saving Members
4 e Select blank entry S %
. Select saved member to edit number/
address.
Chat Folder List
2 e Select folder S B
5 e Select method S % S
Opening Chat Folders
1 In Chat Folder list, e
4
Messaging
1 B S e Chat Folder S %
Changing Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S e
Change Member S % S From 5
Deleting Members
In 4, e (select member) S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S % S6
(select folder) S %
Select/enter number/
address S %
2 e Select message S %
. Repeat 4 - 5 to add members.
6 A S Saved
Advanced
0 (Renaming Folders (Adding Folders (Re-sorting Messages
(Deleting Folders (Deleting All Messages (Resetting Chat Folders
(P.4-23 - 4-24)
4-17
Mail Groups
Creating Groups for Broadcast Mail
Create Mail Groups to send messages to
multiple recipients at one time.
4
Messaging
1 B S e Settings S %
2 e Set Mail Group S %
Mail Group Entry Window
3 e <Add New Group> S %
5 <Assign New Entry> S %
S g Select entry S %
6 e Select number or mail
address S %
S Enter name S %
4 e Select Group S %
. Omit 6 if only one number or
address is saved.
. Repeat 5 - 6 to add members.
7 A S Saved
Advanced
0 (Renaming Mail Groups (Deleting Mail Groups/Group Members
(Changing Mail Group Members (P.4-24)
4-18
PC Mail
PC Mail
Receive or reply to PC mail account messages.
Retrieve mail delivered to
ISP or Yahoo! accounts.
Save PC mail account information to handset:
. Incoming Mail Server
. Password
. Outgoing Mail Server
. Alternatively, use automatic
message retrieval option.
. Mail Address
Local
ISP
SBM
Server
Yahoo!
Japan
4
Messaging
. User Name
Important PC Mail Usage Notes
. Receiving PC Mail for the first time after
PC Mail Account setup may incur high
charges due to large-volume packet
transmissions.
. Setting handset to retrieve PC Mail
automatically may incur high charges;
remember this, especially when using
handset outside Japan.
. Other functions may slow while handset
is checking for new messages.
. Checking for new messages may incur
transmission fees even when none exists.
. Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are
not supported.
. When messages sent from handset to PC
mail account are retrieved by handset,
included Pictograms may not appear or
may appear as different characters.
Messages are saved in unique folders; reply to/send messages via PC mail
account addresses.
PC Mail
Folder
%
. Handle messages (sort, etc.) like
S! Mail or SMS. (Unavailable
functions do not appear in Options
menu and some may appear under
different names.)
4-19
PC Mail
PC Mail Account Setup
4
Messaging
. Proceed with setup according to
information supplied by ISP.
. PC Mail services may be unavailable
depending on the services, settings or
contract details for your PC mail account.
Confirm compatibility with POP/SMTP
message retrieval/transmission via e-mail
software beforehand.
[ Mandatory Items for Retrieval
User Name
Password
ReceivingServer
Required to connect to
incoming mail server
Required to connect to
incoming mail server
Incoming mail server
address
[ Mandatory Items for Transmission
Mail Address
Sender Server
Address to use PC Mail
Outgoing mail server
address
Setting Other Items
. Edit information as needed; for
description, select an item and press B.
1 B S e Settings S % S
e PC Mail Settings S %
2 e PC Mail Account S %
PC Mail Account Window
3 e <Empty> S %
4 e Account Name S % S
Enter name S %
5 e Set Receiving S % S e
Select item S % S Select/
enter item S % S A
. User Name, Password and
ReceivingServer are mandatory.
6 e Set Sending S % S e
Select item S % S Select/
enter item S %
. Mail Address and Sender Server are
mandatory.
4-20
7ASAS%
. When a confirmation appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
Using Yahoo! Mail Addresses
In 3, e Set Quick Yahoo! Mail S %
S e Yes or No S %
, Follow onscreen instructions.
, Choose No to create a new account.
Editing Accounts
In 3, e (select account) S % S
4-7
Deleting Accounts
In 3, e (select account) S B S e
Yes S %
Saving User ID & Password for Transmission
. If User Name and Password are unset
Set Receiving items are automatically
used for SMTP authentication. Follow
these steps if ISP requires User Name
and Password:
In 6, e Set Sending S % S e
Sender Auth. S % S e SMTP
Auth. S B S e User Name S %
S Enter name S % S e Password
S % S Enter Password S % S A
S$S7
PC Mail
Retrieving New PC Mail
Retrieve new messages from created
accounts. If message count is high, some
may not be received on the first attempt.
1BSB
2B
3 e Select folder S % S e
Select message S %
Checking Received PC Mail
1 B S e Received Msg. S
% S e Select folder S %
. Message list appears. Message list is
similar to that of S! Mail.
2 e Select message S %
. Message window opens.
Message Window
. Press A to retrieve full message.
. Message window is similar to that of
S! Mail.
Replying to PC Mail
1 In message window, A
. PC Mail Composition window opens.
2 Complete message S A S
Transmission starts
Quoting Original Message Text in Replies
[Message Window] B S e Reply
S % S e Quoted Reply S % S
Complete message S A
, HTML messages are converted to plain
text when quoted.
Changing Account for Outgoing Messages
[PC Mail Composition Window] e
Select recipient field S % S e From:
S % S e Select account S %
Sending PC Mail
4
Messaging
. To retrieve messages by account,
select one and press %.
When Handset is Set to Retrieve
Messages Automatically
. Messages are received after set
intervals. (Information window opens.)
Deleting Messages
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Delete S % S e Select
option S % S e Yes S %
Follow these steps to create and send PC Mail:
1 B S e Create Message S %
2 e Select PC Mail Account
S%
3 Complete message S A S
Transmission starts
Converting PC Mail to S! Mail
After 2, B S e Convert to S! Mail
S % S e Yes S %
Note
. Single-byte katakana and Pictograms are
not supported.
Advanced
0 (Saving without Sending (Auto Send when Signal Returns (P.4-8)
(Handling Incoming Messages (P.4-12 - 4-13) (Managing Messages
(P.4-22 - 4-24)
1(Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages (Retrieving
complete PC Mail messages (Retrieving new messages automatically
(Changing interval between automatic message retrieval (Disabling
automatic word wrap (P.12-8 - 12-9)
4-21
Additional Functions
0 Managing Messages 1
Managing Messages
4
G Deleting Messages
Messaging
[ One Message
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e Delete S % S e Yes
S%
. Alternatively, delete an open message.
[ All Messages
[Manage Msg. Menu] e Delete All
S % S e Except Locked Msg. or
Delete All S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
[ All Messages in Drafts or Unsent
Messages
[Message List (Drafts or Unsent
Messages)] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S %
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Manage Msg. Menu] P.4-14 [Message Window] P.4-14
G Selecting Multiple Messages
[ Selecting
[Message List] e Select message
SA
[ Selecting Up to 50 Messages at Once
[Manage Msg. Menu] e Check in
Block S %
[ Unchecking
[Message List] e Select message
SA
[ Unchecking All
[Message List] B S e Unselect
All S %
G Color-Tagging Messages
[Manage Msg. Menu] e Color Label
S % S e Select color S %
G Sorting Messages
[Message List] B S e View
Settings S % S e Sort S % S
e Select option S %
4-22
G Opening Sender/Recipient Details
[Message List] e Select message
S B S e View Mail Address S
% S e Select sender or recipient
S%
Using Messages
G Forwarding Messages
[Message Window] B S e
Forward S % S e Select
recipient field S % S e Select
method S % S Select/enter
number/address S % S A
. Attached files are forwarded.
. To forward SMS messages, select
S! Mail or SMS and press %.
G Sending from Drafts
B S e Drafts S % S e Select
message S % S Complete
message S A
Additional Functions
0 Managing Messages 2
4[Message List] P.4-14 [Folder List] P.4-14 [Manage Msg. Menu] P.4-14 [Chat Folder List] P.4-17
G Sending Unsent Messages
[ Sending without Editing
[ Edit & Send
[Message List (Unsent Messages)]
e Select message S B S e
Edit S % S Complete message
SA
G Using Sent Messages
[Message List (Sent Messages)]
e Select message S B S e
Edit & Send S % S Complete
message S A
Messages within
G Searching
Specified Folder
[Manage Msg. Menu] e Save to
Calendar S % S Enter subject S
% S Enter start/end date/time S
%SA
Folders
G Renaming Folders
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Rename
S % S Enter name S %
G Deleting Folders
[Folder List] e Select folder S B
S e Delete S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] B
S e Create New Folder S % S
Enter name S %
G Canceling Secret
4
Messaging
[Message List (Unsent Messages)]
e Select message S B S e
Resend S %
Messages with Schedules to G Adding Folders
G Saving
Calendar
Unlock Secret folders temporarily
and e (select Secret folder) S B
S e Unset Secret S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Sorting into Folders
G Re-sorting Messages
[Folder List]/[Chat Folder List] e
Select folder S B S e Classify
S%
. Empty folder before deleting it.
[Folder List] e Select folder S B
S e Search S % S e Search
Folder S % S e Select method
S % S Select/enter number/
address/subject/text string S %
4-23
Additional Functions
0 Managing Messages 3
4[Manage Msg. Menu] P.4-14 [Anti Spam Measures Menu] P.4-16 [Chat Folder List] P.4-17 [Mail Group Entry Window] P.4-18
G Moving Messages Manually
4
Messaging
[Manage Msg. Menu] e Move to
Folder S % S e Select folder S %
. When sort messages confirmation
appears, choose Yes S %; messages
sent to/received from the number/
address will be sorted into selected
folder automatically.
Filtering Spam
G Sorting Spam by Setting Keys
[Anti Spam Measures Menu] e
Individual(Common) S % (P) S
B S e Select blank entry S %
S e Select key S % S Select/
enter number/address/subject S
%SASAS%
Chat Folders
G Deleting Folders
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S B S e Delete Folder S % S
e Yes S %
4-24
G Deleting All Messages
[Chat Folder List] e Select folder
S % S B S e Manage Msg. S
% S e Delete All S % S e Yes
S%
G Resetting Chat Folders
[Chat Folder List] B S e Reset
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Mail Groups
G Renaming Mail Groups
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S B S e Edit
Name S % S Enter name S %
S e Yes S %
Mail Groups/Group
G Deleting
Members
[ Mail Groups
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S B S e Delete S
% S e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
[ Group Members
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S % S e Select
member S B S e Remove Entry
S % S e Yes S % S A
. Source Phone Book entries remain
even after deleting members.
G Changing Mail Group Members
[Mail Group Entry Window] e
Select Group S % S e Select
member S B S e Re-assign
Entry S % S g Select entry S %
S e Select number or mail address
S % S e Yes S % S A
Internet Services ............................ 5-2
Bookmarks & Saved Pages .......... 5-7
Service Basics ................................. 5-2
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages....5-7
Yahoo! Keitai .................................. 5-3
RSS Feeds...................................... 5-8
Using Yahoo! Keitai.......................... 5-3
Updating Blogs & News....................5-8
PC Site Browser ............................. 5-4
Additional Functions ..................... 5-9
Using PC Site Browser .................... 5-4
Browsing......................................... 5-5
Basic Operations ............................. 5-5
5
Yahoo! Keitai &
PC Site Browser
5-1
Internet Services
Service Basics
Access the Mobile Internet via Yahoo! Keitai, or view PC Internet sites via PC Site Browser.
. Service requires a separate contract; retrieve Network Information to use these services.
. For more about Yahoo! Keitai, see SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website (P.13-21).
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Transmission/Information Fees
Some page content may automatically
activate Internet connection incurring
transmission fees. Information fees may
also apply.
Security
Electronic certificates are saved on
handset to support SSL (encryption
protocol for Internet transmissions of
important/sensitive information).
Advanced
1(Clearing cookies (Clearing authentication information (P.12-10)
5-2
Secure Pages
. A confirmation appears before entering
and exiting secure pages.
. When a security notice appears,
subscribers must decide for themselves
whether or not to open the page.
Opening secure pages constitutes
agreement to the terms of usage.
SoftBank, VeriSign Japan, Cybertrust,
Entrust Japan, GlobalSign, RSA Security
and SECOM Trust Systems cannot be
held liable for any damages associated
with the use of SSL.
Yahoo! Keitai
Using Yahoo! Keitai
Opening Main Menu
Internet pages may not open depending
on connection/Server status, etc.
1 A S Connection starts
Internet Page
. Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu appears.
. To disconnect, press A.
2 g Highlight menu item S %
. Corresponding page opens.
. Repeat 2 to open additional links.
3 " S e Yes S % S Page
Using History
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
S e History S %
closes
2 g Select item S % S
Connection starts
. Corresponding page opens.
3 " S e Yes S % S Page
closes
Entering URLs Directly
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
S e Enter URL S %
Enter URL Window
2 Enter URL S % S
Connection starts
. Corresponding page opens.
3 " S e Yes S % S Page
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Cursor
Returning to Previous Pages
[Internet Page] A S Previous page
opens
, Follow these steps to return to the
initial page:
[Internet Page] B S e Forward S %
Returning to Yahoo! Keitai Main Menu
[Internet Page] B S e Yahoo!
Keitai S %
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Streaming
. Enjoy audiovisual media while it downloads.
. Packet transmission fees apply even
while stream is paused.
closes
History List
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers (Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
URLs (P.5-9)
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (P.12-10)
5-3
PC Site Browser
Using PC Site Browser
Open PC sites from Yahoo! JAPAN
(preset home page).
. Internet pages may not open depending on
connection/Server status, etc.
. Browsing PC sites may incur higher charges.
5
2 e Homepage S % S
Connection starts
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
S e PC Site Browser S %
X
Pointer
Internet Page
. Yahoo! JAPAN Home opens.
. When a message appears, follow
onscreen prompts.
. To disconnect, press A.
3 g Highlight menu item S %
. Corresponding page opens.
. Repeat 3 to open additional links.
Returning to Previous Pages
[Internet Page] A S Previous page
opens
, Follow these steps to return to the
initial page:
[Internet Page] B S e Forward S %
Returning to Yahoo! JAPAN Home
[Internet Page] B S e Homepage
S%
User Authentication
Enter user ID or password S % S A
Using History
In 2, e History S % S g Select
item S %
Entering URLs Directly
In 2, e Enter URL S % S Enter
URL S %
4 " S e Yes S % S Page
closes
Advanced
0 (Switching Browsers (Deleting History (Using Previously Entered
URLs (P.5-9)
5-4
1(Resetting browser settings and stored information (Bookmarks, Saved
Pages, etc.) (Restoring default handset settings (Hiding PC Site
Browser activation/change confirmation (P.12-10)
Browsing
Basic Operations
Page Browsing
Scrolling Pages
Switching Frames
On framed pages, Long Press & to
select other frames.
When pointer navigation is active, point to
a frame and press % to select it.
Viewing Single Frame
Select frame S B S e Convenient
Functions S % S e Frame In S %
, To return, press $.
Closing Tabs
( (Long) S f Select tab S % S
B S e Tab Menu S % S e Close
Tab or Close All Other Tabs S %
1 On a page, g (select menu
item) S B S e Tab Menu
S%
2 e Open in New Tab S %
Tab
[ Switching Tabs
1 ( (Long) S f Select tab
S%
. When pointer navigation is active,
point to a tab and press % to open it.
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
If page content continues beyond view,
use g to scroll pages.
Long Press g to scroll continuously. On
PC sites, use Page Navigation to confirm
current page position.
Tabbed Browsing
Open another page in a new tab and
switch between tabs.
[ Opening a New Tab
Advanced
0 (Switching View (Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor) (Jumping to
Specific Locations (Zooming Specific Areas (Copying Text (Sending
URLs via Mail (Searching Current Page (P.5-9)
1(Changing character size (Changing scroll unit (Activating pointer
navigation (Changing pointer speed (Disabling automatic image
display (Disabling automatic sound playback (Hiding navigation map
for continuous scroll (Changing scroll unit (PC Site Browser) (P.12-10)
5-5
Browsing
Selecting Text
Activate pointer navigation and Long
Press % to enable text selection (Drag
Mode). Select text to copy or search via
Web Search.
Follow these steps to copy text:
5
1 On a page, g (select first
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
character) S % (Long)
. Drag Mode is activated.
2 g Highlight text range S %
3 B S e Copy Text S %
. Text is copied.
Searching Text via Web Search
In 3, B S e Copy & Search S %
S%
Text Entry
1 On a page, g (select text
entry field) S %
2 Enter text S %
. Internet page returns.
Page Item Indicators
Selection Items
Buttons o or boxes N appear.
1 On a page, g (select button
or box) S %
Using Entered Text (Input Memory)
[Internet page] g Select text entry
field S % S B S e Insert/Font
Size S % S e Input Memory S %
S e Select text S %
Pull-down Menu Item Selection
1 On a page, g (select menu
list field) S %
. o/N changes to O/P.
Execution Items
Execute the assigned command.
1 On a page, g (select
command) S %
2 e Select item S %
When Multiple Selection is Supported
. Select items as needed and press $.
Advanced
0 (Using Web Search (Saving Files to Data Folder (Using Linked Info
(Jumping to Page Top/Bottom (Opening Function Shortcuts (Playing
Media Streams (P.5-10)
5-6
1(Clearing cache (temporarily saved information) (Using Memory Card
as primary download storage (P.12-10)
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Using Bookmarks & Saved Pages
Bookmarks
Bookmark sites for quick access.
Saving Bookmarks
1 On a page, B S e
. Save appears only for savable pages.
2 Enter/edit title S %
Opening Bookmarks
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
S e Bookmarks S %
. Corresponding page opens.
Opening Bookmarks Online
[Internet Page] B S e Bookmarks
S % S e Open List S % S g
Select title S %
Opening Saved Pages
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
S e Saved Pages S %
5
Saved Pages
Save page content; handset opens saved
pages without connecting to the Internet.
Saving Pages
1 On a page, B S e Saved
Pages S % S e Save S %
. Save appears only for savable pages.
2 Enter/edit title S %
Saved Pages List
2 e Select page S %
. Corresponding page opens.
Opening Saved Pages Online
[Internet Page] B S e Saved
Pages S % S e Open List S % S
e Select page S %
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Bookmarks S % S e
Save S %
2 g Select title S %
Bookmarks List
Advanced
0 (Deleting Titles/Pages (Editing Titles (Editing Bookmarked URLs
(Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail (P.5-11)
5-7
RSS Feeds
Updating Blogs & News
Register RSS-compatible sites; view content
updates without opening source sites.
Transmission fees apply.
Subscribing to RSS Feeds
5
Available for PC Site Browser only.
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Via RSS-Compatible Sites
0 appears for RSS-compatible sites.
RSS Indicator
1 On a page, B S e
Register In RSS Feed S %
2 e Select feed S % (N/P)
S Complete selection S A
3 e Save S %
Via RSS Icons
Use RSS/RDF/XML icons on
RSS-compatible sites.
1 On a page, g (select icon)
3 e Reload All S % S%
4 e Yes or No S %
5 e Select feed S %
S%
2 e Yes S % S e Save S %
Checking Updates
Title List
Follow these steps to update all feeds:
1 % S g Yahoo! Keitai S %
2 e PC Site Browser S % S
e RSS Feed S %
. Choose Yes to update immediately
or No and press %.
RSS Feed List
6 e Select title S %
. Information appears.
Updating Single RSS Feeds
[RSS Feed List] e Select feed S B
S e Reload S % S % S e Yes
or No S %
Disabling/Enabling Updates
[RSS Feed List] e Select feed S B S
e Manage RSS Feed S % S e
Restrict Update or Accept Update S %
Accessing Source Sites
[Title List] e Select title S % S e
Select linked title S % S e Yes S
% S % S e Yes or No S %
Advanced
0 (Deleting RSS Feeds (P.5-11)
5-8
1(Deleting all RSS feeds (P.12-10)
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 1
Connecting/Browsing
G Switching Browsers
G Deleting History
[ One Record
[History List] e Select record S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Records
[History List] B S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
G Using Previously Entered URLs
[Enter URL Window] B S e URL
Entry Log S % S e Select URL
S%S%
PC Site Browser
G Switching View
[Internet Page] B S e PC Screen
or Small Screen S %
. In Small Screen view, PC sites are
redesigned to fit Display.
G Zooming on Pages (Zoom Factor)
[Internet Page] E (enlarge) or
F (reduce)
G Jumping to Specific Locations
[Internet Page] 5 (Long) S
Quick Movement map appears S
g Select location S %
G Zooming Specific Areas
[Internet Page] g Point to area S
7 (Long)
. Pointed area is enlarged and shown in
the lower half of Display. Long Press 7
to toggle Zoom Area options (Small,
Large and Off).
Handling Information
G Copying Text
[Internet Page] B S e Copy Text
S % S g Select first character S
% S g Highlight text range S %
G Sending URLs via Mail
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Send URL S % S e S! Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
G Searching Current Page
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Change to PC Browser or Switch
Browser S % S e This Page or
Linked Page S % S % S e Yes
or No S %
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4 [History List] P.5-3 [Enter URL Window] P.5-3
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Search S % S Enter search text
S%
. Press % to jump to next search result,
if any.
5-9
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 2
G Using Web Search
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Web Search S % S Enter search
text S %
G Saving Files to Data Folder
[ Files on Page
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Select file S %
S e Save S % S Enter name S
% S g Save here S %
. Some files are saved automatically.
. Confirm signal is strong, battery is
adequately charged and that there is
enough free memory beforehand.
[ Background Images
[Internet Page] B S e Save
Items S % S e Save
Background Image S % S e
Save S % S Enter name S % S
g Save here S %
5-10
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Internet Page] g Highlight
number S % S e Call or Video
Call S %
[ Sending Messages
[Internet Page] g Highlight
number or mail address S % S
e Create Message S % S e
S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
4[Internet Page] P.5-3, P.5-4
Page Operations
G Jumping to Page Top/Bottom
[Internet Page] B S e
Convenient Functions S % S e
Jump In Page S % S e Page
Top or Page Bottom S %
G Opening Function Shortcuts
[Internet Page] B S e Help S %
Streaming
G Playing Media Streams
[Internet Page] g Select file S %
. Downloaded content cannot be saved.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions 3
Bookmarks & Saved Pages
G Deleting Titles/Pages
[ One Title/Page
[ All Titles/Pages
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] B S e Delete All S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
G Editing Titles
[ Bookmarks
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Edit S % S e Title: S
% S Enter title S % S A
G Editing Bookmarked URLs
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Edit S % S e URL: S
% S Edit S % S A
G Sending Bookmarked URLs via Mail
[Bookmarks List] g Select title S
B S e Send S % S e As
Message S % S e S! Mail or
SMS S % S Complete message
SA
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
RSS Feeds
G Deleting RSS Feeds
[ One Entry
[RSS Feed List] e Select feed S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
[ All Entries
[RSS Feed List] B S e Manage
RSS Feed S % S e Delete All S
% S Enter Handset Code S % S
e Yes S %
5
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
[Bookmarks List]/[Saved Pages
List] g Select item S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
4[List] Bookmarks: P.5-7, Saved Pages: P.5-7 [RSS Feed List] P.5-8
[ Saved Pages
[Saved Pages List] e Select page
S B S e Rename S % S Enter
title S %
5-11
Camera............................................ 6-2
Editing Images ............................... 6-8
Getting Started ................................ 6-2
Photo Camera................................. 6-4
Getting Started .................................6-8
Editing Procedures ...........................6-9
Capturing Still Images ..................... 6-4
Printing ......................................... 6-11
Video Camera ................................. 6-5
Printing Images ..............................6-11
Recording Video .............................. 6-5
Additional Functions ................... 6-12
Shooting Modes ............................. 6-6
Using Shooting Modes .................... 6-6
6
Camera & Imaging
6-1
Camera
Getting Started
Capture still images or record video.
Various Image Sizes
Select small sizes to send captured
images/recorded video via S! Mail*;
select larger sizes for higher resolutions.
Multiple Shooting Modes
Apply effect or add frame, capture
sequential/panoramic or scan images.
6
Camera & Imaging
6-2
Auto Focus
Measures the distance between
subjects and camera to adjust focus.
Imaging Functions
Edit captured images or print on a
compatible printer.
*Images/video may not be delivered as sent depending on file size or recipient device.
Precautions
. Clean dust/smudges from lens cover with
a soft cloth before use.
. Mobile camera is a precision instrument,
however, some pixels may appear
brighter or darker.
. Shooting/saving images while handset is
hot may affect the image quality.
. Subjecting the lens to direct sunlight will
damage the camera's color filter.
Auto Shut-off
. Before image capture/recording, mobile
camera shuts down after a period of
inactivity and handset returns to Standby.
Shutter Click
. Shutter click and Self-timer tone sound at
fixed volume regardless of handset settings.
Camera
Video Viewfinder
Display Indicators
The following indicators appear at the top
of Display.
1
2
3
Photo Viewfinder
1
2
3
4
4
5
6
7
5
6
7
8
6
Memory
Picture Quality
Picture Size
Save to
Focus
6 Exposure
7 Continuous Shoot
Scene
8
Self-timer
Video Quality
Record Size
Save to
Focus
5 Exposure
6 Record Time
7 Self-timer
Camera & Imaging
1
2
3
4
5
1
2
3
4
6-3
Photo Camera
Capturing Still Images
1 % S g Camera S %
2 Frame image on Display S %
6
Sending Captured Images via S! Mail
After 2, A S Complete message S A
, May not be delivered as sent depending
on file size or recipient device.
Opening Saved Images
After 3, B S g Data Folder S %
S e Select file S %
Pre-Image Capture Operations
Camera & Imaging
Photo Viewfinder
Zoom In/Out
Image Save Window
. Shutter clicks and the captured
image appears. (To discard file and
start over, press $.)
3%
. Image is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Open saved images from Data Folder.
Toggle Mode
Adjust
Image Brightness
Change
Image Size
Toggle Focus Mode
Open Help
a/b
(9: maximum/off)
A
c/d
5
1
0
4 " S Camera shuts down
Advanced
0 (Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots (Adjusting Focus
Manually (Locking Focus (Sending Images Wirelessly (Changing
Image Size (Changing Mode According to Lighting or Subject (P.6-12)
6-4
1(Changing save location (Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Changing shutter click sound (P.12-11)
Video Camera
Recording Video
1 % S g Camera S %
2A
4%
Video Save Menu
. Recording stops with a tone. (To
discard file and start over, press $.)
Video Viewfinder
. Omit 2 if Video Camera is already
active.
. For pre-recording operations, see
P.6-4 "Pre-Image Capture Operations."
. Video is saved. (Viewfinder returns
for another shot.)
. Play saved video from Data Folder or
Media Player.
6 " S Camera shuts down
6
Camera & Imaging
5 e Save S %
Playing Unsaved Video
In 5, e Preview S %
Playing Saved Video
After 5, B S g Data Folder S %
S e Select file S %
Sending Recorded Video via S! Mail
In 5, e Send S % S e Save and
Send S % S Complete message S A
, May not be delivered as sent depending
on file size or recipient device.
Incoming Calls
. If a call arrives before video is saved,
recorded clip is temporarily saved. End
the call to return.
When Battery Runs Low
. Recording stops. (Recorded clip is saved.)
3 Frame image on Display S %
. Recording starts after a tone. (To
start over, press $.)
. Press A to pause/resume recording
(may be unavailable depending on
file size).
Advanced
0 (Adjusting Focus Quickly for Close-up Shots (Adjusting Focus
Manually (Locking Focus (Sending Images Wirelessly (Changing
Recording Time/Size (P.6-12)
1(Changing save location (Activating automatic saving (Selecting
image quality (Recording video without sound (Enlarging Viewfinder
size (P.12-11)
6-5
Shooting Modes
Using Shooting Modes
May be unavailable depending on selected image/video size.
Self-timer
1 In Photo/Video Viewfinder,
B S g Self-timer S %
2 g Select time S %
6
Continuous Shoot (Photo Camera)
Available Modes:
4 Pictures
9 Pictures
Camera & Imaging
Overlapped
3 Frame image on Display S %
. After selected time elapses, captured
image appears or recording starts.
. To stop recording, press %.
Releasing Shutter during Countdown
After 3, %
Incoming Calls/Alarm during Countdown
. Countdown stops. (Self-timer remains active.)
Capture four separate
images with Index Image
Capture nine separate
images with Index Image
Capture five images to
create a composite image
1 In Photo Viewfinder, B S
g Modes S %
. All captured images are saved.
Saving the Selected Image
After 4, f (select image) S % S
g Selected Picture S %
Adding Frames (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g Add
Frame S %
2 g Preset Frames S % S
e Select frame S %
Mode Menu
2 g Continuous Shoot S %
3 g Select mode S % S g
Select speed S %
4 Frame image on Display S %
. After image capture, Index Image or
a composite image appears.
. When shooting speed is set to
Manual (4 Pictures and 9 Pictures
modes), repeat 4 for each frame.
6-6
5%
6 g All Pictures S %
3 Frame image on Display S %
. Captured image appears.
Using Frames in Data Folder
In 2, g Data Folder S % S g
Select frame S % S %
Shooting Modes
Camera Effects (Photo Camera)
1 In mode menu, g Camera
3 Frame image on Display S %
Effects S %
2 g Select effect S %
3 Frame image on Display S %
. Captured image appears.
Panorama Picture (Photo Camera)
Panorama/Scanner S %
Panorama/Scanner Menu
2 g Panorama Picture S %
S g On S %
Advanced
1 In Panorama/Scanner menu,
g Scanner S %
2 g Select size S % S Frame
image on Display S %
. Move handset slowly to keep &
aligned with either of yellow lines.
. Image is captured automatically
when the bar (6) turns blue.
4%
Save Menu
. Image is captured and Save menu
opens.
5 e Save S %
. Image is saved.
Checking Unsaved Images
[Save Menu] e Preview S %
, To change preview method, follow
these steps:
B S g Manual Scroll or Full Image
S%
Sending Captured Images via S! Mail
[Save Menu] e Send S % S e
Save and Send S % S Complete
message S A
6
. Move handset slowly to scan the
area to capture. (Refer to indicators
on Display.)
3%
. Image is captured and Save menu
opens.
Camera & Imaging
1 In mode menu, g
Scanning Images (Photo Camera)
4 e Save S %
. Image is saved.
Handling Captured Images
. Preview or send them via S! Mail in the
same way as Panorama Picture images.
0 (Sending Images Wirelessly (P.6-12)
6-7
Editing Images
Getting Started
The following options are available.
Some images may not be editable
depending on file type and size.
[ Picture Editor
Resize
6
Frame
Paste
Camera & Imaging
Retouch
Stamp
Face Arrange
Correction
Rotate
File Format
Select from preset sizes
or crop image for size
Add Frame to images
Add text/dates to images
Dress up images with
preloaded visual effects
Add stamps to images
Make smiley, angry or sad
faces
Correct images
Rotate images
Convert file format and
change file size
[ Composite
6-8
Split Picture
Combine up to
four images into one
Merge
Panorama
Combine two still images
into one
Basic Operations
1 % S g Data Folder S %
2 e Pictures S % S e
5 g Select effect S % S Edit
. To start over, press $.
6 When finished, A
Select image S %
3 B S e Edit S %
4 e Picture Editor or
Composite S %
. For Split Picture, skip ahead to 8.
For Merge Panorama, press % and
skip ahead to 8.
7 e Save as New S %
. To overwrite, select Overwrite and
press %. (Omit 8.)
8 Enter name S % S g
Save here S %
Picture Editor Menu
Composite Menu
Canceling Effects
After 5, g Undo S %
, To restore effect immediately after
canceling, select Redo and press %.
Editing Images
Editing Procedures
Changing Image Size
Resize to Preset Size
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Resize S %
2 e Select size S %
Cropping Images
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Resize S %
2 e Cut S %
3 g Move + to the upper left
4 g Move + to the lower right
4%
. Editing is completed.
Face Arrange S %
Face Arrange Menu
2 e Select type S %
3%
. Editing is completed.
3 g Specify display area
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
. Omit 3 if there is no rectangle on the
image.
1 In Picture Editor menu, g
Important Face Arrange Usage Note
. When using Face Arrange, take care not
to create images that may embarrass or
offend others. Always obtain permission
before photographing others.
6
Camera & Imaging
corner of the portion to crop
S%
Face Arrange
corner of the portion to crop
S%
5 g Specify display area
. To zoom in/out, press B then use e.
6%
. Editing is completed.
Advanced
0 (Applying Visual Effects (Adding Text (Adding Frames (Adding
Stamps (P.6-13)
6-9
Editing Images
Adjusting Positions
Change the default positions and sizes of
targets to fit the image.
4 g Move + to bottom right of
face S %
1 In Face Arrange menu, B
Near View
Document
Standard
SB
. A rectangle appears with + in the
upper left corner.
6
2 g Move + to top left of face
Best suited for close-up shots
Use for images with text
Apply to other images
1 In Composite menu, g
Camera & Imaging
. Face line is set. Set the eyes and
then mouth in the same way.
Merge Panorama S %
2 e <Empty> S % S g
Select image S %
3 e EFFECT S % S e
3%
Select effect S %
5 % S e Yes S % S g
Save here S %
. Image is saved as a new entry with
Face Arrange positions adjusted.
Complete Face Arrange. Face Arrange
is applied to the adjusted positions.
Advanced
0 (Correcting Image Parameters (Rotating Images (Converting File
Format (Combining Reduced Images (P.6-13)
6-10
Panorama Images
Panorama Image Effects:
. Editing is completed.
Changing Images
After 3, e (select image) S % S
B S g Select image S %
Switching Image Positions
After 2, B
Printing
Printing Images
Digital Print Order Format (DPOF)
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Connectivity
6 Enter a number of copies to
print S %
. For more settings, repeat 5 - 6.
7A
4 e For Each Picture S %
S e Select folder S %
5 g Select image S B
2 e Memory Card S % S e
DPOF S %
Applying a Number to All Images
In 4, e For All Pictures S % S
Enter a number of copies to print S %
Canceling Specified Number
In 6, enter 00 S % S A
Viewing Current Print Settings
In 3, e Check Settings S %
6
Camera & Imaging
Select images from Memory Card and
specify the number of copies to print on
DPOF-compatible printers, or at digital
printing services.
DPOF settings made on other devices are
unusable; delete existing settings to
create new ones on handset.
3 e Number of Copies S %
Photo Print Menu
Advanced
0 (Adding Dates to Prints (Creating an Index Print (P.6-13)
6-11
Additional Functions
0 Camera
4[Viewfinder] Photo Camera: P.6-4, Video Camera: P.6-5 [Image Save Window] P.6-4 [Save Menu] P.6-7 [Video Save Menu] P.6-5
Photo Camera & Video Camera
Focus Quickly for
G Adjusting
Close-up Shots
6
Camera & Imaging
[Viewfinder] B S g Shooting
Settings or Record Settings S %
S g Focus Setting S % S g
Macro S %
G Adjusting Focus Manually
[ Photo Camera
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g
Shooting Settings S % S g Focus
Setting S % S g Manual Focus S
% S e Adjust focus S %
[ Video Camera
[Video Viewfinder] B S g
Record Settings S % S g Focus
Setting S % S g Manual Focus
S % S e Adjust focus S %
. To readjust focus, press !.
6-12
G Locking Focus
[Viewfinder] !
. To start over, press ! again.
G Sending Images Wirelessly
[ Still Images
[Image Save Window] B S g
Send S % S g Via Infrared S %
[ Panorama/Scanned Images
[Save Menu] e Send S % S e
Send via IrDA S %
[ Video
[Video Save Menu] e Send S %
S e Infrared S %
Photo Camera
G Changing Image Size
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g
Picture Size S % S g Select
size S %
Mode According to
G Changing
Lighting or Subject
[Photo Viewfinder] B S g Scene
S % S g Select mode S %
Video Camera
G Changing Recording Time/Size
[Video Viewfinder] B S g
Record Time/Size S % S g For
Message or Extended Video S %
S g Select size S %
Additional Functions
0 Image Editing & Printing
Editing Images
G Applying Visual Effects
[Picture Editor Menu] g Retouch S
% S e Select effect S % S %
[ Text
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S e Free Text S % S Enter
text S % S g Move text S %
[ Dates
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S e Date S % S g Move
date S %
G Adding Stamps
[Picture Editor Menu] g Stamp S
% S e Select stamp S % S g
Move stamp S %
G Correcting Image Parameters
[Picture Editor Menu] g Correction
S % S e Select type S % S %
G Rotating Images
[Picture Editor Menu] g Rotate S
% S e Select type S % S %
G Converting File Format
[ Outline
[Picture Editor Menu] g Paste S
% S B S f Select text color S
% S b S f Select outline color
S%SA
G Adding Frames
[Picture Editor Menu] g File
Format S % S e File Format or
File Size S % S e Select format/
size S %
G Combining Reduced Images
[Composite Menu] g SplitPicture
240x320 or SplitPicture 120x160 S
% S e <Empty> S % S g
Select image S %
. Repeat from selecting <Empty> as
needed.
DPOF
G Adding Dates to Prints
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Add Date S % S e On
S%
6
Camera & Imaging
G Adding Text
4[Picture Editor Menu] P.6-8 [Composite Menu] P.6-8 [Photo Print Menu] P.6-11
G Creating an Index Print
[Photo Print Menu] e Settings S
% S e Index Print S % S e
On S %
. To return to Picture Editor menu, press $.
. Changing file format/size may affect file
size/image quality.
[Picture Editor Menu] g Frame S
% S e Select frame S % S %
6-13
Media Player ................................... 7-2
Editing Video.................................. 7-9
Media Basics ................................... 7-2
Music............................................... 7-4
Crop..................................................7-9
Adding Subtitles .............................7-10
Playing Music................................... 7-4
S! Appli ......................................... 7-11
Video ............................................... 7-6
Using S! Applications .....................7-11
Playing Video................................... 7-6
Additional Functions ................... 7-13
Playlists .......................................... 7-8
Using Playlists ................................. 7-8
7
Media Player &
S! Applications
7-1
Media Player
Media Basics
Use Media Player to play music/video on 830SH.
. Download media files from Mobile Internet sites via Media Player directly.
. Transfer PC music files and save them on Memory Card.
Features & File Support:
Music
7
Media Player & S! Applications
7-2
Videos
SD AUDIO
My Videos
Handset/Memory Card
Memory Card
Handset
Downloads/Transferred Files
Transferred SD-Audio Files
My Music
Memory Card
Downloads/Recorded Files
SD-Video Files
. When using a Memory Card with
SD-Video files recorded on other
devices, open them from SD VIDEO.
Playback Precautions
. Media Player is not compatible with some
recording/playback formats. Files may
not play depending on the Memory Card
status.
. Playback stops for incoming calls.
. When battery is low, Media Player will not
play. If battery runs low during playback,
Media Player shuts off.
. Turn down the volume if distortion is
noticeable in Speaker sound.
. Handset plays media while it downloads
(streaming); downloaded media cannot
be saved. Packet transmission fees apply
even while stream is paused.
Compatibility
. Files transferred from PCs cannot be
used as ringtones or System Sounds.
Media Player
Obtaining Music
Downloading Music
Download music from the Internet.
Read information (price, expiry date, etc.)
on the source site.
1 % S g Media Player S %
2 e Music S %
3 e Download Music S %
. Follow the links to download media.
Download via Music Search (Japanese)
In 3, e Music Search S %
, Follow onscreen instructions.
. Install Utility Software CD-ROM (Japanese)
beforehand.
. Use software to convert music file format.
. For software usage and specifications, see
the provider's website, etc.
. SoftBank does not guarantee compatibility
with any software.
. USB Cable may be purchased separately.
Handling Transferred Files
. Copyright laws limit duplicated material
to private use only.
. Files created with PC software, etc. may
not play.
. Comply with copyright and other
intellectual property laws when using
obtained files.
Downloading Video
1 % S g Media Player S %
2 e Videos S %
Videos Menu
3 e Download Videos S %
. Follow the links to download media.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
Music Menu
Saving Music Files from PCs
Convert PC music files to 830SH-compatible
format (P.13-20), then save to corresponding
Memory Card folder (P.13-22).
7-3
Music
Playing Music
1 % S g Media Player S %
S e Music S %
4 e Select file S %
Music Playback Window Indicators
2 e My Music S % S f
Select folder
1
2
3
4
5
Music Playback Window
. Album art appears for compatible files.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
Music Playlists Window
3 e All Music S %
Music File List
Stopping Playback
While paused, $
Using Other Functions while Playing Music
After 4, $ or "
, To stop playback, follow these steps in
Standby:
" S e Yes S %
Playing SD AUDIO Files
In 2, e SD AUDIO S % S From 3
Searching Music Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
Lyric Display-Compatible Files
. Press A to display lyrics.
Advanced
0 (Deleting SD AUDIO Files (P.7-5) (Resuming from Stopped Point
(Playing Repeatedly or Randomly (Changing Sound Effects (Sorting
Files (P.7-13 - 7-14)
7-4
1
2
3
4
5
Title
Artist name
Track number
Status
Playback Mode
6
7
8
9
6
7
8
9
Elapsed time
Volume
Information link
Sound Effects
Title and elapsed time appear on External
Display during playback.
Music Playback Operations
c
(Long Press: fast rewind*)
d
Skip Forward
(Long Press: fast forward*)
Pause
%
b
Volume Down
(Long Press: mute)
Volume Up or
a
Cancel Mute
Open Help
0
Replay
*
Release for playback.
Music
Deleting Files
Delete other music files from Data Folder.
G Deleting SD AUDIO Files
[ Single Files
[Music File List] e Select file S
B S e Delete Track S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Files
. Source files will be deleted.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
% S g Media Player S % S e
Music S % S e SD AUDIO S %
S e All Music S B S e Del. All
Tracks S % S e Yes S % S e
Yes S %
7-5
Video
Playing Video
1 % S g Media Player S %
S e Videos S %
4 e Select file S %
Video Playback Window Indicators
2 e My Videos S % S e
1
2
3
4
5
Phone Memory or Memory
Card S %
1
2
3
4
5
Video Playback Window
5 $ S Playback stops
7
Media Player & S! Applications
Video Playlists Window
3 e All Videos S %
Video File List
Toggling Display Size in Playback
[Video Playback Window] 2
Playing SD VIDEO Files
In 2, e SD VIDEO S % S 4
Searching Video Files
After 3, B S e Search S % S
Enter search text S %
At Alarm Time
. Playback stops.
Video Recorded on Other Devices
. Video image may appear rotated.
6
7
8
9
Title
Author name
Clip number
Status
Playback Mode
6
7
8
9
Elapsed time
Volume
Information link
Sound Effects
Video Playback Operations
For pause, volume up/down or help, see
P.7-4 "Music Playback Operations."
Replay
Skip
Forward
*
c
(Long Press: fast rewind*)
d
(Long Press: fast forward*,
Long Press while paused:
advance frame)
Release for playback.
Advanced
0 (Deleting SD VIDEO Files (P.7-7) (Resuming from Stopped Point
(Playing Repeatedly or Randomly (Changing Sound Effects (Sorting
Files (P.7-13 - 7-14)
7-6
1(Setting Backlight status (Hiding linked information (P.12-12)
Video
Deleting Files
Delete other video files from Data Folder.
G Deleting SD VIDEO Files
% S g Media Player S % S e
Videos S % S e SD VIDEO S
% S e Select file S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S %
. Source files will be deleted.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
7-7
Playlists
Using Playlists
Playlists store playback orders. Add
favorite media files to Playlists, or
organize files by artist/genre.
Playlists store only file locations. Source
files remain in All Music or All Videos.
2 e My Music S %
3 g All Music S % S e
Select file S B
Renaming Playlists
1 In Playlists window, e
(select Playlist) S B
Adding to Playlist
Follow these steps to add a music file to
ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1:
7
Media Player & S! Applications
1 % S g Media Player S %
S e Music S %
4 e Add to Playlist S % S
e ﾌﾟﾚｲﾘｽﾄ1 S %
Enter name S %
Advanced
0 (Adding New Playlists (Deleting Playlist Files (Deleting Playlists
(Changing File Order (P.7-14)
7-8
2 e Edit List Title S % S
Editing Video
Crop
Some files may not be edited.
Clip Portions between Two Points
4 B S e Edit S % S e
Yes S %
1 % S g Media Player S %
S e Videos S %
2 e My Videos S % S e
Phone Memory or Memory
Card S %
1 In Crop menu, e Delete
Before or Delete After S %
Edit Menu
. Offline Mode is set. Handset
transmissions are suspended until
editing is complete.
5 e Crop S %
Videos S % S e Select
file S %
Crop Menu
6 e Select Two Points S %
. Video plays. Press % to pause/start
video.
7 Press B at start point
8 Press B at end point
. The portion between two points is
saved and playback starts.
. Video plays.
2 Press B at crop point
. The portion before or after the
selected point is deleted and
playback starts.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
3 e Select Playlist or All
Delete Before/After
7-9
Editing Video
Adding Subtitles
Adjust settings via Advanced. (Some effects
cannot be applied at the same time.)
Follow these steps to add left-to-right
scrolling text:
4 e Advanced S %
7A
8 e Create New S %
Changing Start/End Point
After 3, e Duration S % S B at
start point S B at end point
1 In Edit menu, e Edit
Subtitle S %
Editing Subtitles
Advanced Menu
7
Media Player & S! Applications
2 e <Empty> S % S Enter
. Video plays. Press % to pause/start
video.
3 Press B at start point S
Press B at end point
[ Before Saving Text
[Edit Subtitle Menu] e Edit Text S
% S Edit text S %
text S %
Edit Subtitle Menu
7-10
5 e Scrolling S %
G Editing Text
[ After Saving Text
6 e Direction S % S e
Left to Right S % S $ S
$SA
Subtitle List
. To add more, repeat 2 - 6.
[Subtitle List] e Select entry S
% S e Edit Text S % S Edit
text S % S A
G Deleting Subtitles
[Subtitle List] e Select entry S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
S! Appli
Using S! Applications
Try out the preloaded S! Applications or
download and use 830SH-compatible
S! Applications, including games.
Refer to the S! Application's help menu or
the source Internet site, etc. for
operational instructions.
1 % S g S! Appli S %
2 e S! Appli Library S %
S! Appli Library
3 e Select application S %
2 e End S %
Pausing S! Applications
" S e Suspend S %
Resuming S! Applications
% S e Resume S %
, Select Cancel to open Main Menu and
keep the S! Application paused.
, Select End to end the S! Application.
7
Media Player & S! Applications
Network S! Applications
. A message appears indicating that
Internet connection is required. Follow
onscreen instructions.
Incoming Calls
. Incoming calls automatically pause
S! Application.
Opening S! Appli Request Log
In 2, e Demand History S %
Exiting S! Applications
1"
Advanced
0 (Downloading S! Applications (Setting S! Application to Activate in
Standby (Deleting S! Applications (P.7-12)
1(Adjusting S! Application sound volume (Showing incoming
transmission notice (Pausing S! Application for incoming mail (Setting
handset to show notice at Alarm Time (Showing incoming S! Appli
Request notice (Changing Screensaver Activation Time (Restoring
default S! Application settings (Restoring default S! Appli Library
(P.12-12)
7-11
S! Appli
G Downloading S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Download S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
G Setting S! Application to Activate in
Standby
[ Activating Screensaver
7
Media Player & S! Applications
7-12
% S g S! Appli S % S e
Settings S % S e Screensaver
S % S e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
[ Setting Screensaver
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e As
Screensaver S %
. As Screensaver appears for
compatible S! Applications.
. Screensaver may not start or operate
correctly when an external device
(Headphones, etc.) is connected to
handset.
G Deleting S! Applications
[S! Appli Library] e Select
application S B S e Delete S
% S e Yes S %
. Handset Code may be required.
. Cancel Screensaver to delete
Screensaver S! Application.
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions (Media) 1
4[Menu] Music: P.7-3, Video: P.7-3 [Playback Window] Music: P.7-4, Video: P.7-6
Music/Video Playback
G Resuming from Stopped Point
[Menu] e Last Played Music or
Last Played Video S %
Music Playback
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
[ Play Randomly
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Mode S % S e
Random S %
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Mode S % S e
Random Repeat S %
[ Repeat One File
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Mode S % S e Repeat
S%
[ Repeat All Files
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Playback Mode S % S e Repeat
All S %
G Changing Sound Effects
G Playing Repeatedly or Randomly
[ Play Randomly
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Mode S % S e Random S %
[ Repeat One File
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Mode S % S e Repeat S %
[ Repeat All Files
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Playback
Mode S % S e Repeat All S %
G Changing Sound Effects
7
Media Player & S! Applications
[ Repeat Randomly
Video Playback
. Available for My Videos files only.
[Video Playback Window] B S e
Settings S % S e Sound Effects
S % S e Select effect S %
[Music Playback Window] B S e
Sound Effects S % S e Select
effect S %
7-13
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions (Media) 2
4[File List] Music: P.7-4, Video: P.7-6 [Playlists Window] Music: P.7-4, Video: P.7-6
Managing Files
G Sorting Files
[File List] B S e Sort S % S e
Select option S %
7
Playlists
G Adding New Playlists
[Playlists Window] B S e Add
New Playlist S % S Enter name
S%
Media Player & S! Applications
G Deleting Playlist Files
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S % S e Select file S B
S e Delete S % S e Yes S %
G Deleting Playlists
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S B S e Delete Playlist
S % S e Yes S %
G Changing File Order
[Playlists Window] e Select
Playlist S % S e Select file S
B S e Change Order S % S e
Move file S %
7-14
Phone Help ..................................... 8-2
Calendar & Tasks ........................... 8-3
Document Viewer......................... 8-19
Calendar .......................................... 8-3
Tasks ............................................... 8-5
Notepad ........................................ 8-20
Alarms............................................. 8-7
Voice Recorder............................. 8-21
Opening PC Documents.................8-19
Saving Text .....................................8-20
Using Alarms ................................... 8-7
Recording/Playing Voice.................8-21
Calculator ....................................... 8-9
Scan Barcode............................... 8-22
Using Calculator .............................. 8-9
Scanning Printed Barcodes............8-22
Expenses Memo........................... 8-10
Create QR Code ........................... 8-23
Scan Card ..................................... 8-24
Adding Expenses........................... 8-10
Osaifu-Keitai® ............................... 8-11
Scanning Business Cards ..............8-24
Osaifu-Keitai® (Japanese).............. 8-11
Locking IC Card ............................. 8-12
Text Scanner ................................ 8-25
Pretense Call ................................ 8-14
S! Quick News.............................. 8-26
Faking Incoming Calls ................... 8-14
Stopwatch..................................... 8-15
Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)
.......................................................8-26
Using Stopwatch............................ 8-15
S! Information Channel ............... 8-27
Countdown Timer ........................ 8-16
Using Countdown Timer ................ 8-16
S! Information Channel & Weather
Indicator (Japanese).......................8-27
World Clock .................................. 8-17
e-Books ........................................ 8-28
Scanning Text .................................8-25
Opening World Clock..................... 8-17
Reading e-Books (Japanese).........8-28
Hour Minder.................................. 8-18
Additional Functions ................... 8-29
8
Handy Extras
Using Hour Minder......................... 8-18
8-1
Phone Help
Phone Help
Access this handy guide to handset
settings and key functions/shortcuts.
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools
2 e Phone Help S %
8
Handy Extras
8-2
3 e Select item S %
. Toggle guides as needed.
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
Opening Calendar
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Calendar S %
Saving Schedules
4 Enter start date/time S %
Follow these steps to save subject, start/
end date/time, Alarm and schedule details:
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S %
Schedule Entry Window
5 e End: S % S Enter end
date/time S %
(
#
2
4
5
6
1
2
Open
previous page
Open
next page
Stamp1
Set Color
Go to (Today)
Find
(By Subject)
Go to
(Enter Date)
Find
9
(By Category)
0 Help
A Toggle view
e Select week2
8
f
Select date
Available in Month View.
In Week View, select time block.
Select time S % S A
8 e Description: S % S
Enter schedule details S %
9 A S Saved
8
Handy Extras
Calendar Window
Key Assignments
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
3 Enter subject S %
6 e Alarm: S %
7 e Alarm Time: S % S e
All-Day Schedule
In 4, B S % S From 8
Custom Alarm Time
In 7, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 8
Advanced
0 (Changing Date Color (Changing Alarm Tone/Video (Hiding Entries
(Saving Repetitive Schedules (P.8-29)
8-3
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
Opening Schedules/Tasks
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S %
Deleting Schedules
[ One Entry
1 In schedule list, e (select
schedule) S B
2 e Delete S %
3 e This Appointment S %
S e Yes S %
[ All Entries of the Day
To stop Alarm, press a key.
8
Handy Extras
Opening Schedule
While Alarm sounds/vibrates, A
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
Schedule List
2 e Select schedule or task
S%
3 $ S List returns
Opening Task List
In 2, e (select task) S B S e Go
to Tasks S %
Opening Related Message
After 2, B S e Related Mail S %
Deleting Message from Schedule
After 2, % S e Related Mail: S %
S e Yes S % S A
Accessing Secret Entries
[Calendar Window] B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Schedules (Deleting All Schedules (P.8-29 - 8-30)
8-4
1 In Calendar window, g
(select date) S B
2 e Delete S % S e All This
Day S % S e Yes S %
Calendar & Tasks
Tasks
Saving Tasks
3 Enter subject S %
Follow these steps to save subject, due
date/time, Alarm and task details:
Either Subject or Description must be
saved per entry.
Select time S % S A
7 e Description: S % S
Enter task details S %
8 A S Saved
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Tasks S %
6 e Alarm Time: S % S e
4 Enter due date/time S %
Task Entry Window
5 e Alarm: S %
8
Handy Extras
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
Task with No Due Date/Time
In 4, B S % S From 7
Custom Alarm Time
In 6, e Alarm Time: S % S e
Other S % S Enter date/time S %
S A S From 7
Advanced
0 (Changing Alarm Tone/Video (Hiding Entries (P.8-29)
8-5
Calendar & Tasks
At Alarm Time
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
Opening Tasks
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Tasks S %
Deleting Tasks
[ One Entry
1 In task list, e (select task)
SB
2 e Delete S %
3 e This Task S % S e
Yes S %
To stop Alarm, press a key.
8
Handy Extras
Opening Task
While Alarm sounds/vibrates, A
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
Task List
. Use f to open completed or
uncompleted task list.
2 e Select task S %
3 $ S List returns
Accessing Secret Entries
After 1, B S e Unlock
Temporarily S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
Marking Tasks as Completed
After 1, e (select task) S A
Advanced
0 (Editing Tasks (Deleting All Tasks (P.8-29 - 8-30)
8-6
[ All Completed Tasks
1 In task list, B
2 e Delete S % S e All
Comp. Tasks S % S e
Yes S %
Alarms
Using Alarms
Setting Alarm
Follow these steps to set Alarm to sound
at a specific time on a specific day of the
week:
Set Snooze (Alarm repeats at set
interval), Alarm Volume and Duration.
1 % S g Tools S % S In
3 e Repeat: S %
4 e Selected Days S %
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Alarms S %
d " S Alarm setting ends
5 e Select day S % (N/P)
S Complete selection S A
6 e Snooze: S %
7 e Select interval S %
Selecting/Canceling All Days
In 5, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
Excluding Holidays
In 5, e (select day) S % (N/P) S
Complete selection S e Except
Holidays S % S A S From 6
Activating Alarm Once or Daily
In 4, e Once or Every Day (All) S
% S From 6
8
Handy Extras
(24-hour format) S Enter
minutes S %
. For custom Duration, select Other.
c A S Saved
. For more settings, repeat 2 - c.
Alarm List
2 e --:-- S % S Enter hour
8 e Alarm Volume: S %
9 e Adjust level S %
a e Duration: S %
b e Select time S %
. For custom intervals, select Other.
Alarm Menu
Advanced
0 (Saving Entry Name (Changing Alarm Tone/Video (Setting Handset
to Vibrate at Alarm Time (P.8-30)
8-7
Alarms
At Alarm Time
Alarm activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
To stop Alarm, press a key.
8
Handy Extras
When Another Function is Active
. Alarm may not activate until handset
returns to Standby.
Incoming Calls
. Active Alarm stops for incoming calls.
Information window opens after handset
returns to Standby.
When Snooze is Set
Alarm repeats at the set interval.
Other Alarms do not activate while
handset is Snoozing.
Deleting Alarm
[ One Entry
1 In Alarm list, e (select
entry) S B
Canceling Snooze
While Snoozing, % S e Yes S %
. Snooze is automatically canceled after a
period of time.
2 e Reset Alarm S %
3 e Yes S %
Canceling Alarm
[ All Entries
1 In Alarm list, e (select
1 In Alarm list, e (select
2 e Switch Off S %
2 Enter Handset Code S %
entry) S B
. Reactivate entry to use the same
settings.
entry) S B S e Clear All
S%
S e Yes S %
Reactivating Entry
In 2, e Switch On S %
Advanced
0 (Editing Entries (P.8-30)
1(Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode (Activating Alarm
based on World Clock time (P.12-13)
8-8
Calculator
Using Calculator
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Calculator S %
2 Use Keypad to enter digits
S Calculate
. Clear Memory before starting new
Memory calculations.
3 " S Calculator ends
Advanced
+ (Add)
- (Subtract)
x (Multiply)
÷ (Divide)
= (Sum)
C.CE (Clear)
CM (Clear Memory)
RM (Recall Memory)
M+ (Add to Memory)
. (Decimal)
+/- (Positive/Negative Value)
% (Percentage)
c
d
a
b
%
$
&
!
A
(
#
'
Memory Calculation
. Numbers saved in Memory are cleared
when handset power is turned off.
Incoming Calls
. Calculations are not affected. End the
call to return to Calculator.
Using % Function
Use ' to find definite percentage of a
known value.
Example: Calculate 30% of 800,000
Enter 800,000 S x S 30 S %
, 240,000 appears.
8
Handy Extras
Calculator Window
Key Assignments
0 (Copying Calculation Results (Changing Exchange Rate for Currency
Conversion (Converting Currencies (P.8-30)
8-9
Expenses Memo
Adding Expenses
Entering Expenses
1 Enter amount S b
Checking Entries
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Expenses Memo S %
Deleting Entries
[ One Entry
1 In Expenses Memo list, e
(select entry) S B
2 e Delete Item S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Entries
8
Handy Extras
2%
2 e Totals S %
S e Delete All S %
2 Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S %
Expenses Memo List
3 $ S Menu returns
3 e Select Category S % S
Saving Entries to Notepad
[Expenses Memo List] B S e Save
to Notepad S %
Saved
Saving under Custom Category
In 3, e Other S % S Enter name
S%
Advanced
0 (Changing Category of Saved Entry (Changing Amount (P.8-31)
8-10
1 In Expenses Memo list, B
Osaifu-Keitai®
Osaifu-Keitai® (Japanese)
Osaifu-Keitai® describes IC Card-equipped
handsets that support e-money or credit
functions/services. Osaifu-Keitai®
encompasses a range of IC Card-based
services on FeliCa-compatible SoftBank
handsets. 830SH supports Osaifu-Keitai®.
To use e-money, e-ticketing and reward
points, etc., hold handset over a compatible
reader/writer at shops, restaurants, and
other retail outlets, etc.
Basics
Starting Lifestyle-Appli
% S g Tools S % S In PIM/
LifestyleTools menu, e Osaifu-Keitai
S % S e Lifestyle-Appli S % S
e Select application S %
Lifestyle-Appli Precautions
. Contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for
Lifestyle-Appli registration and usage details.
. Keep service passwords/customer service
contact information, etc. in a separate place.
Follow these steps to conduct a transaction:
Example: Making an electronic payment
. Complete transactions without activating a
Lifestyle-Appli. Make sure battery is
adequately charged.
. Transactions are possible even when
handset power is off or during calls or
Internet transmissions.
Important Osaifu-Keitai® Usage Note
SoftBank is not liable for damages resulting
from accidental loss/alteration of IC Card
data/settings.
When Placed Over Sensor
. If recognition is slow, move handset
around slightly.
. Handset may respond automatically for
some services.
1 Place m logo over reader/
8
writer S Confirm scan
results
Handy Extras
Before using Osaifu-Keitai®, activate
Lifestyle-Appli, complete registration,
customize settings and charge accounts.
Using Osaifu-Keitai®
Place this part
over reader/writer
. Align handset parallel to reader/writer.
Advanced
0 (Enabling to View E-Money Balances (Moving Applications Up/Down
1(Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai
®
settings (P.12-13)
Balance Info List (Removing Applications from Balance Info List
(Checking E-Money Balance on External Display (P.8-31)
8-11
Osaifu-Keitai®
Locking IC Card
IC Card Lock
Use this function to restrict access to/prevent
unauthorized use of Osaifu-Keitai® on handset.
1 % S g Tools S % S In
Remote Lock
Disable Osaifu-Keitai® remotely by mail or
phone.
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Osaifu-Keitai S %
Mail Remote
Lock
Send mail to activate
Remote Lock
Call Remote
Lock
Call from a specified phone
to activate Remote Lock
Mail Remote Lock
8
Handy Extras
2 e IC Card Settings S %
[ Preparation on Handset
1 In IC Card Settings menu,
e Remote Lock S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
2 e Mail Remote Lock S %
S e Yes S %
Canceling IC Card Lock
In 3, e IC Card Lock S % S e Off
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
Mail Remote Lock Menu
Advanced
0 (Changing IC Card Lock Notice Recipient (P.8-31)
8-12
Canceling Mail Remote Lock
In 6, e Off S % S A
[ Activating Remote Lock via Mail
If handset cannot receive mail IC Card
Lock is not set.
1 Send S! Mail or e-mail to
handset with password as
subject
. Leave other fields blank.
. After handset receives message, IC
Card Lock is set and notice is sent as
a reply.
IC Card Settings Menu
3 e IC Card Lock S % S e
On S %
4 Enter Handset Code S %
3 e Remote Lock PW S %
4 Enter password S %
5 e Switch On/Off S %
6 e On S % S A
Osaifu-Keitai®
Call Remote Lock
[ Preparation on Handset
1 In IC Card Settings menu,
e Remote Lock S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
2 e Call Remote Lock S %
5 e Switch On/Off S %
6 e On S % S A
Enabling Activation via Public Phone
In 3, e Set Public Phone S % S
e On S % S From 5
Canceling Call Remote Lock
In 6, e Off S % S A
[ Activating Remote Lock via Phone
If handset cannot receive calls IC Card
Lock is not set.
1 Using one of the specified
phones, call handset
. Send Caller ID.
2 Handset receives call S
End the call
. The call is recorded as a Missed Call.
3 Within three minutes, repeat
1 - 2 twice
Call Remote Lock Menu
Phone No. to Lck 2 S %
4 e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S % S e
Select phone number S %
. After the third Missed Call, IC Card
Lock is set; a message announces
Remote Lock activation. Confirm the
message and end the call.
Handy Extras
3 e Phone No. to Lck 1 or
8
If Series is Interrupted by Another Call
. Missed Call count is reset. Start over
from the beginning.
. Select Phone Number to enter
directly.
Advanced
0 (Changing Required Missed Call Count for Call Remote Lock (P.8-31)
8-13
Pretense Call
Faking Incoming Calls
Handset rings to emulate an incoming call.
. Pretense Call ringtone is fixed.
. Ringer may be muted by handset settings.
To override Silent setting, see P.8-32.
3 e Set Caller S %
Setting Pretense Call
1 % S g Tools S % S In
PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e
Pretense Call S %
4 e Name: S % S Enter
name S %
5 e Phone Number: S % S
Enter phone number S %
SA
8
Handy Extras
6 A S PIM/LifestyleTools
menu returns
Pretense Call Menu
2 e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
When Name and Phone Number are Unset
. Handset rings with Caller ID "Withheld."
Canceling Pretense Call
[Pretense Call Menu] e Switch On/
Off S % S e Off S % S A
Advanced
0 (Clearing Caller Information (Overriding Silent Volume Setting (P.8-32)
8-14
Using Pretense Call
1 F (Long)
. Available regardless of handset position.
. Handset rings and incoming Voice
Call window opens.
. Ringtone stops after a period of time.
2 In incoming Voice Call
window, press !
. Voice Call window opens. (Softkeys
are dummies.)
3 " S Pretense Call ends
Setting Wait Time
[Pretense Call Menu] e Calling
Timing S % S e Select time S %
SA
When Calling Timing is Not Immediacy
. Press " or $ during wait time to
cancel Pretense Call activation.
. Pretense Call activation is canceled by
incoming calls, Alarms, etc. during wait time.
Stopwatch
Using Stopwatch
Stopwatch stops when battery runs low.
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Timer/Clock Tools S e
Stopwatch S %
Recording Lap Times
While Stopwatch is running, B
Saving Records to Notepad
After 3, B S e Save to Notepad
S%
Resetting Records
After 3, B S e Reset S % S
From 2
Incoming Calls
. Stopwatch is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
8
2 % S Stopwatch starts
3 % S Stopwatch stops
Handy Extras
Stopwatch Window
. Press % to resume.
4 " S e Yes S % S
Stopwatch ends
. Records are deleted when
Stopwatch ends.
8-15
Countdown Timer
Using Countdown Timer
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Timer/Clock Tools S e
Countdown Timer S %
3 % S Countdown starts
. Press % to stop/resume countdown.
4 Set time elapses S Tone
When Set Time Elapses
Tone sounds.
sounds
5 " S e Yes S % S
Countdown Timer ends
8
Timer Entry Window
Handy Extras
2 Enter minutes S Enter
seconds S %
Countdown Timer Window
. Press B to change time.
8-16
Resetting Timer
Stop countdown and B
Incoming Calls
. Countdown is not affected by incoming
calls. End the call to return.
To stop tone instantly, press A or a Side
Key. (Tone stops automatically after a
period of time.)
When Timer Time Elapsed during a Call
. Tone sounds after the call.
World Clock
Opening World Clock
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Timer/Clock Tools S e
World Clock S %
Local Time
Zone
3 f Select area S %
4 " S World Clock ends
Advancing One Hour (Daylight Saving)
[Set Time Zone Window] A
, To cancel, press A.
Opening World Clock in Standby
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Display S %
2 e Standby Display S %
World Time
Zone
2%
8
Handy Extras
3 e Clock/Calendar S %
4 e World Clock (L), etc. S %
Set Time Zone Window
Advanced
0 (Adding Custom Time Zone (P.8-33)
8-17
Hour Minder
Using Hour Minder
Setting Hour Minder
Follow these steps to activate the hourly
time signal at selected hours:
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Timer/Clock Tools S e
Hour Minder S %
8
Handy Extras
Hour Minder Menu
2 e Switch On/Off S % S
e On S %
5 A S Saved
6 " S Hour Minder setting
ends
Adjusting Hour Minder Volume
In 2, e Advanced S % S e
Volume: S % S e Adjust level S
% S A S From 5
Changing Hour Minder Duration
In 2, e Advanced S % S e
Duration: S % S e Select time S
% S A S From 5
, For custom Duration, select Other.
Selecting/Canceling All Hours
In 4, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
3 e Select Time S %
At Hour Minder Time
Hour Minder activates; sounds/vibrates by
related settings.
To stop tone instantly, press a key.
When Another Function is Active
. Hour Minder does not activate.
Incoming Calls
. Active Hour Minder stops for incoming calls.
Canceling Hour Minder
1 In Hour Minder menu, e
Switch On/Off S % S e
Off S % S A
4 e Select hour S % (N/P)
S Complete selection S A
Advanced
0 (Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video (Setting Handset to Vibrate at
Hour Minder Time (P.8-33)
8-18
1(Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode (Activating
Hour Minder based on World Clock time (P.12-13)
Document Viewer
Opening PC Documents
Supported File Formats:
PDF (.pdf)
Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Microsoft® PowerPoint® (.ppt)
. Some files may not appear correctly.
. Download files via the Internet.
. When transferring files from PCs, save to
corresponding Memory Card folder (P.13-22).
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Document Viewer S %
2 g Select file S %
%
g
1
2
3
4/F
4 (Long)
F (Long)
5
6/E
6 (Long)
E (Long)
7
8
9
0
#
(
!
A
View whole page
Scroll
View upper left
Toggle full screen view on/off
View upper right
Zoom out
Continuous zoom out
View center
Zoom in
Continuous zoom in
View lower left
Jump to page
View lower right
Open Help
Next page
Previous page
Fit width
Rotate 90o
8
Handy Extras
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Key Assignments
Zooming In/Out with Loupe (Magnifier)
In open file, & (Long) S g Select
portion S B S e Zoom Out or
Zoom In S %
8-19
Notepad
Saving Text
New Notepad Entry
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Notepad S %
4 g Select Category S % S
Saved
Sorting Entries Temporarily
[Notepad List] A
, Press A repeatedly to toggle sort
options (Modified, Created, Category
and Accessed).
Opening Notepad
8
Notepad List
Handy Extras
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
3 Enter text S %
1 In Notepad list, e (select
entry) S %
2 $ S List returns
Advanced
0 (Editing Notepad (Searching Text within All Entries (Inserting
Notepad Text into Message Text (Sending Notepad Entries via S! Mail
(Inserting Notepad Text during Text Entry (P.8-34)
8-20
Deleting Entries
[ One Entry
1 In Notepad list, e (select
entry) S B
2 e Delete Item S % S e
Yes S %
[ All Entries
1 In Notepad list, e (select
entry) S B S e Setting/
Manage S %
2 e Delete All S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
Voice Recorder
Recording/Playing Voice
Recording
. If battery runs low while recording, Voice
Recorder shuts off.
. Record conversations during calls via
Record Caller Voice (P.3-11).
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools S e Voice
Recorder S %
2 % S Recording starts
3 % S Recording stops
. For Extended Voice, recording is
saved automatically.
4 e Save S %
1 In recording window, B S
e Ring Songs·Tones S %
2 e Select file S %
. Use e to adjust volume.
. Press % to pause/resume. Press $
to stop playback.
Playing Data Folder Files
% S g Data Folder S % S e
Ring Songs·Tones S % S g
Select file S %
8
Handy Extras
Play Before Saving
In 4, e Playback S % S Playback
starts S $ S Playback stops
Starting Over
In 4, $ S From 2
Playback
Recording Window
Advanced
0 (Saving Longer Recordings (Sending Voice Files via S! Mail
(Switching Storage Media (P.8-34)
8-21
Scan Barcode
Scanning Printed Barcodes
Scan UPC/JAN (1D barcodes) or QR
Codes (2D barcodes).
. Membership file or password may be
required when scanning barcodes.
. Some barcodes may not be scanned.
2 e Scan Barcode S %
3 Frame barcode in center of
5 Tone sounds S Scan
results appear
Display
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Barcode/Scan S %
Barcode Scan Results Window
Focus
Adjustment
Bar
8
Handy Extras
Scan Window
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
Barcode/Scan Menu
4 % S Scan starts
. If recognition takes time, slowly
adjust the distance between handset
and barcode.
. Press A to stop scan.
Key Assignments in Scan Window
3: Toggle focus mode
!: Focus Lock
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
Split Data
. After scanning, confirmation appears.
Follow onscreen prompt(s).
. Scan results do not appear until all split
data is scanned.
Starting Over
After 5, A S e Yes S % S From 3
Advanced
0 (Scanning during Text Entry (Reading Saved Barcode Images
(Using Linked Info (Saving Scan Results (Opening Saved Scan
Results (Using Images as Wallpaper (Saving Linked Info to Phone
8-22
Book (Saving Images & Melodies (Opening or Playing Files (Using
Images for System Graphics (Saving to Notepad (Pasting to Message
Text (Copying Text (P.8-35 - 8-36)
Create QR Code
Creating QR Codes
Create QR Codes from these items on
handset:
Phone Book
Text Input
Ring Songs·Tones
Pictures
2 e Create QR Code S %
3 e Data Folder S %
Notepad
Large items are divided into multiple QR
Codes.
Procedure
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Barcode/Scan S %
Select file or entry S %
. QR Code is created.
5%
. QR Code is saved to Data Folder
(Pictures).
8
Handy Extras
Follow these steps to create QR codes
from Data Folder files:
4 e Select folder S % S g
From Phone Book Entries
In 3, e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S % S 5
From Entered Text
In 3, e Text Input S % S Enter
text S % S 5
Switching Storage Media
In 5, B S e Save to S % S e
Phone or Memory Card S % S %
Attaching to S! Mail
In 5, B S e Send As S % S
Complete message S A
Incoming Calls
. QR Code creation is not affected by
incoming calls. End the call to return.
8-23
Scan Card
Scanning Business Cards
Scan business cards and save names,
addresses, etc. to Phone Book.
3 Frame card on Display
XXXX株式会社
XX部XX課XX係
ミキオ
〒XXX-XXXX 東京都品川区XX町XXX
4%
8
主任
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Barcode/Scan S %
TELXX-XXXX-XXXX（代表） 内線 XXXX
FAXXX-XXXX-XXXX
1 % S g Tools S % S f
植田
. English business cards may not be
scanned correctly.
. Some cards may not be scanned.
Scan Window
Handy Extras
. Press A to stop scan.
5 % S Scan results appear
2 e Scan Card S %
Card Scan Results Window
Advanced
0 (Saving to Notepad (Pasting to Message Text (Copying Text (P.8-36)
8-24
6%SA
. New Phone Book entry is saved.
Key Assignments in Scan Window
3: Toggle focus mode
!: Focus Lock
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
If Text Exceeds Phone Book Entry Item
Character Limit
. Confirmation appears. Follow these
steps to delete overage:
e Yes S %
Starting Over
After 5, A S e Yes S % S From 3
Text Scanner
Scanning Text
Scan text (URLs, mail addresses, phone
numbers or alphanumerics).
Some text cannot be scanned.
3 Frame text in center of Display 6 %
1 % S g Tools S % S f
Doc./Rec. Tools S e
Barcode/Scan S %
Scanned Text Window
Focus
Adjustment
Bar
2 e Scan Text S %
4%
. Press A to stop scan.
5 e Select line S % S Scan
results appear
8
Handy Extras
Scan Window
. Adjust to frame text in [ ].
. Use Focus Adjustment Bar as a
guide (better focus in darker blue).
Key Assignments in Scan Window
3: Toggle focus mode
!: Focus Lock
f: Adjust brightness
0: Open Help
For White Text on Black Background
In 3, B S e Reversed Text S %
S e Reversed S % S From 4
Correcting Text Type
After 5, B S e Change Mode S
% S e Select type S % S 6
Editing Scanned Text
After 5, B S e Select/Edit S %
S f Select text S e Select
alternative from list or edit directly
S6
Starting Over
In 6, A S e Yes S % S From 3
Advanced
0 (Scanning during Text Entry (Using Linked Info (Saving Scan
Results (Opening Saved Scan Results (Saving Linked Info to Phone
Book (Saving to Notepad (Pasting to Message Text (Copying Text
(P.8-35 - 8-36)
8-25
S! Quick News
Receiving Content Updates (Japanese)
View content updates or breaking news.
Transmission fees apply.
Registering S! Quick News Items
1 % S g Entertainment S %
S e S! Quick News S %
3 e 登録はこちら S % S e
Yes S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
4 e Select item S %
. Follow onscreen instructions.
Opening Information
1 In S! Quick News List, e
(select item) S %
8
S! Quick News Menu
. Title list appears.
Handy Extras
2 e S! Quick News List S % 2 e Select title S %
S! Quick News List
. Press B to return to item list, or A
to open next title.
Advanced
0 (Receiving S! Loop Item Updates (Updating List Automatically
(Checking Update Schedule (Changing Background Image
(Deleting S! Quick News Items (P.8-37)
8-26
Updating Items Manually
[S! Quick News List] e Select item
S A S e 更新 S % S e 一件 or
全件 S %
Indicators
3
2
s
k
Unread Special news
Read Special news
Unread News Flash
Read News Flash
v
u
t
Unread General news
Read General news
Auto update disabled
S! Information Channel
S! Information Channel & Weather Indicator (Japanese)
Transmission fees apply.
Service Registration & Content Subscription
1 % S g Entertainment S
% S e S! Information
Channel/Weather S %
New Received Information
Information window opens for new
S! Information Channel info delivery.
1 While Information window
appears, e S! Info. Channel
S%
S! Information Channel Menu
2 e Registration/Cancel S %
. Handset connects to the Internet.
Follow onscreen instructions.
2 " S Page closes
Opening Unread Latest Issue
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
What's New S %
Opening Back Issues
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
Back Issue S % S e Select date
S%
After S! Information Channel registration,
local area weather indicator appears in
Standby.
i
f
g
h
Clear skies (day) d Snow
Clear skies (night) e Thunder showers
Cloudy
V Then
Rain
/ Partly/chance of
Example: g/h S Partly cloudy with a
chance of rain
Indicators other than the above also
appear for more information.
Manual Update
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
Weather Indicator S % S e
Manual Update S % S e Yes S %
8
Handy Extras
. S! Information Channel page opens.
Follow onscreen instructions.
. S! Information Channel page handling
is similar to that of Yahoo! Keitai.
Using Weather Indicator
Advanced
0 (Saving Files to Data Folder (Changing Display Size (Changing
Scroll Unit (Copying Text (Requesting Re-Delivery (Checking
Weather Forecast (P.8-38)
1(Hiding Weather Indicator in Standby (Canceling Weather Indicator
automatic updates (P.12-13)
8-27
e-Books
Reading e-Books (Japanese)
Downloading e-Books
e-Book Viewer
BookSurfing®
1 A S g メニューリスト S % Read XMDF books and dictionary files. Download Contents Keys and read CCF files.
files may not be supported.
Some files may not be supported.
2 e 書籍･ｺﾐｯｸ･写真集 S % Some
1
%
S
g
Entertainment
S
%
1 In Entertainment menu, e
. Follow onscreen instructions.
BookSurfing S %
. Downloaded e-Books are saved to
Data Folder (Books).
. BookSurfing® S! Application starts.
Refer to the BookSurfing® help menu
for operational instructions.
Note
. Alternatively, visit SH-web to download
e-Books.
8
Entertainment Menu
Handy Extras
2 e e-Book Viewer S %
. e-Book Viewer starts. Refer to the
e-Book Viewer help menu for
operational instructions.
Advanced
0 (Copying Text (Opening Non-830SH e-Books (Library) (P.8-38)
8-28
Moving CCF Files via Memory Card
. When purchasing a new handset, move
CCF files and retrieve Contents Keys to
open the files. Some files may need to be
re-downloaded.
Additional Functions
0 PIM/Lifestyle Tools 1
4[Calendar Window] P.8-3 [Schedule Entry Window] P.8-3 [Task Entry Window] P.8-5 [Schedule List] P.8-4 [Task List] P.8-6
Calendar & Tasks
Calendar
G Changing Date Color
[ By Days of the Week
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Alarm: S % S
e Assign Tone/Video: S % S e
Select folder S % S g Select
tone/file S % S A S A
. Select start point if required.
G Hiding Entries
[ By Date
[Calendar Window] g Select date
S 4 S e Select color S %
[ Resetting "By Date" Colors
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Color S % S e Reset Color S
% S e Select option S % S e
Yes S %
[Schedule Entry Window]/[Task
Entry Window] e Secret: S % S
e On S % S A
Saving Schedules
G Saving Repetitive Schedules
[Schedule Entry Window] e
Repeat: S % S e Select cycle S
% S Enter repeat time S % S A
. Repeat time is not available for Every Year.
G Editing Schedules
[Schedule List] e Select schedule
S B S e Edit S % S e Select
item S % S Edit in the same
manner as saving schedules S %
SA
8
Handy Extras
[Calendar Window] B S e
Calendar Settings S % S e Set
Color S % S e By Week S %
S e Select day S % S e Select
color S %
Saving Schedules/Tasks
Saving Tasks
G Editing Tasks
[Task List] e Select task S B S
e Edit S % S e Select item S
% S Edit in the same manner as
saving tasks S % S A
8-29
Additional Functions
0 PIM/Lifestyle Tools 2
4[Calendar Window] P.8-3 [Task List] P.8-6 [Alarm Menu] P.8-7 [Alarm List] P.8-7 [Calculator Window] P.8-9
Managing Schedules
G Deleting All Schedules
[Calendar Window] B S e Delete
S % S e All Appointments S %
S Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
8
Handy Extras
G
Managing Tasks
Deleting All Tasks
[Task List] B S e Delete S % S
e All Tasks S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Yes S %
Alarms
G Saving Entry Name
[Alarm Menu] e Subject: S % S
Enter name S % S A
G Changing Alarm Tone/Video
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/
Video: S % S e Select folder S
% S g Select tone/file S % S A
. Select start point if required.
[ Using Customized Screen Tone/Video
[Alarm Menu] e Assign Tone/
Video: S % S e Customized
Screen S % S A
Handset to Vibrate at Alarm
G Setting
Time
[Alarm Menu] e Vibration: S % S
e On or Link to Sound S % S A
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
G Editing Entries
[Alarm List] e Select entry S %
S e Select item S % S Edit in
the same manner as saving entries
S%SA
Calculator
G Copying Calculation Results
While result appears, B S e
Copy S %
G Changing Exchange Rate for
Currency Conversion
[Calculator Window] B S e Money
Converter S % S e Exchange
Rate S % S e Domestic or
Foreign S % S Enter rate S %
G Converting Currencies
[Calculator Window] Enter amount
of money S B S e Money
Converter S % S e To Domestic
or To Foreign S %
. Set Exchange Rate first.
8-30
Additional Functions
0 PIM/Lifestyle Tools 3
4[Expenses Memo List] P.8-10 [IC Card Settings Menu] P.8-12 [Mail Remote Lock Menu] P.8-12 [Call Remote Lock Menu] P.8-13
Expenses Memo
G Changing Category of Saved Entry
[Expenses Memo List] e Select
entry S % S e Select Category
S%
G Changing Amount
Osaifu-Keitai®
G Enabling to View E-Money Balances
[IC Card Settings Menu] e Balance
Info S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e <Empty> S % S e
S! Appli or Lifestyle-Appli S % S
e Select application S %
. For use with compatible
Lifestyle-Applications.
. Start Lifestyle-Appli once before adding
it to Balance Info list.
[IC Card Settings Menu] e Balance
Info S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Select application S
B S e Move S % S e Select
location S %
Applications from
G Removing
Balance Info List
[IC Card Settings Menu] e Balance
Info S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Select application S
B S e Delete S %
G Checking E-Money Balance on
External Display
With handset closed, E (Long)
S Balance appears S I or H
S Balance disappears
IC Card Lock Notice
G Changing
Recipient
[ Changing Recipient
[Mail Remote Lock Menu] e Notice
Settings S % S e Send Notice
S % S e To Set Recipient S %
S e Set Recipient S % S e
Select method S % S Select/
enter number/address S % S A
[ Disabling Notice
[Mail Remote Lock Menu] e Notice
Settings S % S e Send Notice
S % S e Off S % S $ S A
G Changing Required Missed Call
Count for Call Remote Lock
8
Handy Extras
[Expenses Memo List] e Select
entry S B S e Change Amount
S % S Edit S %
Applications Up/Down
G Moving
Balance Info List
[Call Remote Lock Menu] e Count
for Lock S % S Enter Missed Call
count S % S A
. Use L to view balances of listed
entries.
. Save Lifestyle-Appli to Balance Info list
beforehand.
. Balances do not appear if IC Card Lock
is active.
8-31
Additional Functions
0 PIM/Lifestyle Tools 4
Pretense Call
G Clearing Caller Information
[Pretense Call Menu] e Set Caller
S % S B S e Yes S % S A
SA
G Overriding Silent Volume Setting
8
Handy Extras
8-32
[Pretense Call Menu] e Set Silent
S % S e Ring S % S e Yes
S%SA
4[Pretense Call Menu] P.8-14
Additional Functions
0 Timer/Clock Tools
World Clock
G Adding Custom Time Zone
[Set Time Zone Window] B S Enter
city name S % S e + or - S d S
Enter time difference S %
4[Set Time Zone Window] P.8-17 [Hour Minder Menu] P.8-18
Hour Minder
G Changing Hour Minder Tone/Video
[ Using Preset Tone or Data Folder File
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Select folder S % S g
Select tone/file S % S A S A
. Select start point if required.
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced
S % S e Assign Tone/Video: S
% S e Customized Screen S %
SASA
Handset to Vibrate at Hour
G Setting
Minder Time
8
Handy Extras
[ Using Customized Screen Tone/Video
[Hour Minder Menu] e Advanced S
% S e Vibration: S % S e On
or Link to Sound S % S A S A
. Select Link to Sound to allow compatible
SMAF files to control vibration.
8-33
Additional Functions
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 1
Notepad
G Editing Notepad
[ Editing Text
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Edit Text S % S Edit
text S %
[ Changing Category
8
Handy Extras
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Change Category S %
S g Select Category S %
G Searching Text within All Entries
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Search S % S Enter text
S%
Notepad Text into
G Inserting
Message Text
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Send S % S e As
Message Text S % S e S! Mail
or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
8-34
4[Notepad List] P.8-20 [Recording Window] P.8-21
G Sending Notepad Entries via S! Mail
[Notepad List] e Select entry S
B S e Send S % S e Via
Message S % S Complete
message S A
Notepad Text during Text
G Inserting
Entry
In a text entry window, B S e
Notepad S % S e Call Notepad
S % S e Select entry S %
Voice Recorder
G Saving Longer Recordings
[Recording Window] B S e
Record Time S % S e Extended
Voice S %
G Sending Voice Files via S! Mail
[Recording Window] % S
Recording starts S % S Recording
stops S e Save and Send S % S
Complete message S A
. Available in For Message mode.
G Switching Storage Media
[Recording Window] B S e Save
Recording to S % S e Select
option S %
. Available in For Message mode.
. Set to Ask Each Time to select media
after every recording.
Additional Functions
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 2
4[Barcode/Scan Menu] P.8-22 [Barcode Scan Results Window] P.8-22 [Scanned Text Window] P.8-25
Scan Barcode
G Scanning during Text Entry
[ Pasting All Scan Results
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Scan Code S %
S Frame barcode in center of
Display S % S %
[ Pasting a Part of Scan Results
G Reading Saved Barcode Images
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Open
Barcode S % S g Select file S %
G Scanning during Text Entry
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Text Scanner S
% S Frame text in center of Display
S % S e Select line S % S %
Scan Results
G Using Linked Info
[ Dialing Numbers
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] e Select
number S % S !
[ Sending Messages
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] e Select
mail address S % S Complete
message S A
. When MAIL TO: appears in scan
results, press % to enter the items
underlined with a dotted line
automatically in Composition window.
[ Accessing Internet Sites
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] e Select
URL S %
G Saving Scan Results
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Save S %
G Opening Saved Scan Results
[Barcode/Scan Menu] e Scanned
Results S % S e Select file S %
. Select a file and press B to rename
files, open properties or delete files.
. Some files may not open.
8
Handy Extras
In a text entry window, B S e
Scan S % S e Scan Code S %
S Frame barcode in center of
Display S % S B S g Select
first character S % S g
Highlight text range S %
Scan Text
G Using Images as Wallpaper
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
e Select image S B S e Set as
Wallpaper S % S %
. If Wallpaper Display options appear,
follow onscreen prompts.
8-35
Additional Functions
0 Doc./Rec. Tools 3
4[Barcode Scan Results Window] P.8-22 [Scanned Text Window] P.8-25 [Card Scan Results Window] P.8-24
G Saving Linked Info to Phone Book
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] e Select
number or mail address S B S
e Save to Ph.Book S % S e As
New Entry S % S Complete other
fields S A
8
Handy Extras
. To add to an existing entry, select As
New Detail.
. When MEMORY: appears in scan results,
press % to enter the items underlined
with a dotted line automatically in Phone
Book entry window.
G Saving Images & Melodies
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
e Select file S B S e To Data
Folder S %
G Opening or Playing Files
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
e Select file S %
G Using Images for System Graphics
[Barcode Scan Results Window]
e Select image S B S e As
System S % S e Select item S
% S % S g Specify display
area S %
. Some images may be usable without
specifying display area.
G Saving to Notepad
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Notepad S %
G Pasting to Message Text
[ All Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Send Message S % S % S e
S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
8-36
[ Selected Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Send Message S % S B S g
Select first character S % S g
Highlight text range S % S e
S! Mail or SMS S % S Complete
message S A
. S! Mail Composition window opens
automatically depending on character
count.
G Copying Text
[ Text
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Card Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] B S e
Copy S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
[ Number, Address or URL
[Barcode Scan Results Window]/
[Scanned Text Window] e Select
number, mail address or URL S
B S e Copy Telephone, Copy
Address or Copy URL S %
Additional Functions
0 Entertainment 1
S! Quick News
G Receiving S! Loop Item Updates
[ Registering with S! Loop Items
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e S!ﾙｰﾌﾟにｱｸｾｽ S %
S e Yes S %
. Handset connects to the Internet. Refer
to the S! Loop help menu for operational
instructions.
[S! Quick News Menu] e S! Loop
List S % S e Select item S %
S e Select title S %
. Indicators:
v
u
t
Unread S! Loop
Read S! Loop
Auto update disabled
G Updating List Automatically
[ S! Quick News List
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Automatic Update S
% S e S! Quick News S % S
e Select item S % S % S e
Select interval or choose On S %
. When a confirmation appears, press %.
. When Special is set to On, items are
updated every four hours.
. When General is set to On, items are
updated once a day.
. To cancel automatic update, choose
Off and press %.
. Updating items may incur high charges.
. Only available in Japan.
[ S! Loop List
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Automatic Update S
% S e S! Loop S % S % S e
On S % S %
. Items are updated about four times a day.
. Only available in Japan.
G Checking Update Schedule
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Check Schedule S %
G Changing Background Image
[S! Quick News Menu] e Settings
S % S e Change Skin S % S
e Select pattern S %
G Deleting S! Quick News Items
[ One Entry
[S! Quick News List] e Select
item S B S e 一件 S % S e
Yes S %
8
Handy Extras
[ Opening Information
4[S! Quick News Menu] P.8-26 [S! Quick News List] P.8-26
[ All Entries
[S! Quick News List] e Select
item S B S e 全件 S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S e
Yes S %
8-37
Additional Functions
0 Entertainment 2
4[S! Information Channel Page] P.8-27 [S! Information Channel Menu] P.8-27 [Entertainment Menu] P.8-28
S! Information Channel
G Saving Files to Data Folder
[S! Information Channel Page] B
S e Save Items S % S g
Select file S % S e Save S %
S Enter name S % S g Save
here S %
8
. Some files are saved automatically.
Handy Extras
G Changing Display Size
[S! Information Channel Page] B
S e Settings S % S e Display
Size S % S e Select size S %
G Changing Scroll Unit
[S! Information Channel Page] B
S e Settings S % S e Scroll
Unit S % S e Select unit S %
8-38
G Copying Text
[S! Information Channel Page] B
S e Copy Text S % S g Select
first character S % S g
Highlight text range S %
G Requesting Re-Delivery
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
Get Latest Contents S % S e
Yes S %
G Checking Weather Forecast
[S! Information Channel Menu] e
Weather Indicator S % S e
Weather S %
e-Books
G Copying Text
In open page, A S e 文字列を
ｺﾋﾟｰ S % S g Select first
character S % S g Highlight
text range S %
Non-830SH e-Books
G Opening
(Library)
[Entertainment Menu] e e-Book
Viewer S B S e Select file S %
. Some files may not open.
S! Town & S! Loop ......................... 9-2
S! Circle Talk .................................. 9-7
Using S! Town & S! Loop (Japanese)....9-2
Using S! Circle Talk ..........................9-7
S! Friend's Status........................... 9-3
Using S! Friend's Status .................. 9-3
9
Communication
Services
9-1
S! Town & S! Loop
Using S! Town & S! Loop (Japanese)
S! Town
Select an avatar to enter this 3D virtual
town, where you can play games and
meet other users.
. To use S! Town, agree to the terms of
service then complete free user registration.
. Internet connection is required; may incur
high charges.
1 % S g Communication S %
2 e S! Town S %
9
Communication Services
9-2
. S! Town (S! Application) starts.
. Refer to the S! Town help menu for
operational instructions.
. When an upgrade notice appears, follow
onscreen instructions to upgrade.
S! Town Library
. Downloaded S! Town-compatible
S! Applications are saved to S! Town
Library. To start an application in S! Town
Library, follow these steps:
% S g Communication S % S e
S! Town S B S e Select
application S %
S! Loop
S! Loop is an online communication
service. Share your diary, join BBS, etc.
Internet connection is required; may incur
high charges.
1 % S g Communication S %
2 e S! Loop S %
. Refer to the S! Loop help menu for
operational instructions.
S! Friend's Status
Using S! Friend's Status
. S! Friend's Status requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Set Connection status to Online beforehand.
Changing My Status
3 g Select Status S %
Follow these steps to change Status,
Availability and Comment; new status is
sent to the members.
Connection
Status
1 ( (Long)
If Connection status is Online, skip
ahead to 3.
2 e Yes S %
My Status Window
Answer OK S % S e
Select new Availability S %
5 e <Add Comment> S %
Status Template Window
S Enter text S %
6 A S Update starts
9
Communication Services
4 e Select Availability, e.g.,
Changing Connection Status
[My Status Window] e Online (or
Offline) S % S e Select status S %
Changing Status Icon/Label
[Status Template Window] g Select
Status S A S e Status Icon or
Status Label S % S g Select
Pictogram or enter text S % S A
Changing Availability Settings at Once
In 4, e Answer Status S % S e
Select new Answer Status S % S
From 5
Editing My Status Name
[My Status Window] B S e Edit
Name S % S Edit S %
Advanced
1(Disabling IP Service (P.12-15)
9-3
S! Friend's Status
Creating Status Templates
Save custom combinations of Status Icon
and Status Label to each template.
1 In Status Template window,
B S e New Entry S %
2 Enter name S %
3 e <未定> S %
9
Communication Services
9-4
4 e Status Icon S % S g
Select Pictogram S %
5 e Status Label S % S
Enter text S % S A
Resetting Templates
[ One Template
1 In Status Template window,
f (select template) S B
6 Repeat 3 - 5 S A S Saved 2 e Reset S % S e Yes
Saving to Data Folder
[Status Template Window] f Select
template S B S e Save to DF S
% S g Save here S %
Loading Templates from Data Folder
[Status Template Window] B S e
Add Template S % S g Select
template S %
Renaming Templates
[Status Template Window] f Select
template S B S e Edit Temp.
Name S % S Enter name S %
S%
[ All Templates
1 In Status Template window, B
2 e Reset All S % S e Yes
S%
. Status Template window returns to
the default setting.
S! Friend's Status
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book for the first time. To
add members, see P.9-6.
1 % S g Communication S
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S e Yes S %
When Registration is Complete
. My Status is sent and member's status
appears on handset.
Direct Entry
In 2, e Add New Entry S % S
Enter phone number S % S 4
. Registration request is sent to the
number. Registration is complete
when an acceptance notice arrives.
My Status
Member
Status
S! Friend's Status Member List
2 e Select member S %
9
1 e Yes S %
. Acceptance notice is sent; the
number is registered.
Rejecting
In 1, e No S % S e Yes S %
, Rejection notice is sent; the number
cannot be registered for 24 hours.
, For ConfirmLater, Information window
opens.
Member Status Details Window
When Cancellation Notice Arrives
. Member is deleted from S! Friend's
Status member list.
Communication Services
. Omit 3 if only one number is saved.
% S e S! Friend's Status
S % S f Select Group
Registering from Received Request
Select entry S %
4 e Yes S %
1 % S g Communication S
When a registration request arrives, a
confirmation appears.
2 e Phone Book S % S g
3 e Select phone number S %
Opening Member Status
Advanced
0 (Adding Members (Deleting Members (Moving Members
(Renaming Groups (Updating Manually (Opening Notices (P.9-6)
1(Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers (Rejecting all requests
(Rejecting incoming images (P.12-14)
9-5
S! Friend's Status
G Adding Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Add Member S % S e
Select method S % S Select
entry or enter phone number S %
S e Yes S %
G Deleting Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
e Select member S B S e
Registration Release S % S e
Yes S % S e Yes S %
9
Communication Services
9-6
. Cancellation notice is sent; deleted
members cannot be re-registered for
24 hours.
G Moving Members
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
e Select member S B S e
Change Group S % S e Select
target Group S %
G Renaming Groups
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Edit Group Name S % S
Enter name S %
G Updating Manually
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Settings S % S e
Status Update S %
G Opening Notices
[S! Friend's Status Member List]
B S e Status Notif. List S % S
e Select notice S %
. Accept or reject registration requests.
S! Circle Talk
Using S! Circle Talk
. A subscription to S! Friend's Status is required.
. Transmission fees apply during S! Circle Talk.
Registering Members
Follow these steps to register a number
saved in Phone Book:
1H
. When registering a member for the
first time, a confirmation appears.
Choose Yes and press %, then skip
ahead to 3.
4 e Select number, e.g.,
No.1: S %
5 e Phone Book S % S g
Select entry S %
6 e Select phone number S %
Saving as Individuals
In 3, e Individual S % S 5 - 6
Saving from S! Friend's Status Member
List
In 5, e Members List S % S g
Select member S % S 7
, Omit 7 when Individual is selected in 3.
2 e <Add New Entry> S %
Name: S % S Enter name
S%
. Omit 6 if only one number is saved.
. Repeat 4 - 6 to add members.
7 A S Saved
Communication Services
3 e Group S % S e Group
9
Advanced
0 (Editing Member List (P.9-9)
1(Disabling IP Service (P.12-15)
9-7
S! Circle Talk
Initiating S! Circle Talk
Follow these steps to send S! Circle Talk
requests to members:
Set My Status to Online first (P.9-3).
1H
S! Circle Talk Member List
2 e Select member or Group
S%
9
Communication Services
3 % S Transmission starts
. S! Circle Talk starts when request is
accepted by a receiver.
Direct Entry
Enter phone number S H S % S
Transmission starts
Advanced
1(Disabling Loudspeaker (P.12-14)
9-8
S! Circle Talk Operations
[ Speaking
1 Press and hold H when
KPress and Hold appears
S You have the floor
. K:Own appears when you have the
floor.
2 Keep holding H to speak
S Release H S Floor is
released
. Warning tone sounds before time limit.
Canceling Loudspeaker
During S! Circle Talk, %
, To reactivate, follow these steps:
% S While message appears, %
[ Exiting S! Circle Talk
1 " S Connection ends
. S! Circle Talk ends automatically
when there is only one participant
left, including yourself.
Rejoining S! Circle Talk
c/d S e Select most recent
S! Circle Talk record S B S e
Rejoin Circle Talk S %
, An error message appears when
S! Circle Talk has ended or maximum
number of participants are already
engaged.
Accepting S! Circle Talk Request
1 While handset is ringing/
vibrating, ! S S! Circle
Talk starts
. Alternatively, press H.
. S! Circle Talk Operations: left
S! Circle Talk
G Editing Member List
[ Replacing Individual Members
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select member S B S e Edit S
% S % S e Select method S
% S g Select entry S %
[ Editing Groups
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select Group S B S e Edit S
% S e Select target S % S
Edit/enter S % S A
[ Deleting Members or Groups
[ Deleting Group Members
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select Group S B S e Edit S %
S e Select member S B S e
Delete S % S e Yes S % S A
9
Communication Services
[S! Circle Talk Member List] e
Select member or Group S B S
e Delete S % S e Yes S %
9-9
Handset Security ......................... 10-2
Operations Security........................10-2
Information Security .......................10-3
Additional Functions ................... 10-4
10
Handset Security
10-1
Handset Security
Operations Security
Function Lock
Restrict access to handset functions.
Lock when Display turns off
or handset is closed
Once
One time lock
Lock when handset is
At Power On
turned on
Auto
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Locks S %
3 e Select item S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
Unlocking Handset
In Standby, enter Handset Code S %
When Function Lock is Active
. Press corresponding key to turn handset
on/off, answer calls, place callers on
hold, end calls, etc.
PIN Entry
Activate PIN Entry to require PIN entry
each time handset is turned on.
1 In Locks menu, e PIN Entry
S % S e Switch On/Off
S%
10
Handset Security
Locks Menu
2 e Function Lock S %
2 e On S % S Enter PIN S %
Advanced
0 (Changing PIN (Changing PIN2 (Setting Secure Remote Lock
Activation Message to Appear (P.10-4)
10-2
Secure Remote Lock
Lock a lost handset remotely via PC or
another handset. Secure Remote Lock
disables all operations except turning
handset on, and activates IC Card Lock
(P.8-12).
For more about Secure Remote Lock, see
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp. Website
(P.13-21) or contact SoftBank Customer
Center, General Information (P.13-38).
Accessing My SoftBank
Access My SoftBank as needed.
1 A S g メニューリスト S %
2 e My SoftBank S % S e
English S %
Handset Security
Information Security
Application Lock
Restrict access to these functions:
Phone Book
Calendar/Tasks
Yahoo! Keitai
Mail
Notepad
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Locks S %
3 e Select item S % (P
appears) S A S Enter
Handset Code S %
Temporary Access to Functions
. When accessing functions, enter
Handset Code and press %.
History Lock
Restrict access to Call Log and sent/
received mail records.
1 In Locks menu, e History
Show Secret Data
Activate Show Secret Data to access
Secret entries.
1 In Locks menu, e Show
Secret Data S %
2 e On S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
When Show Secret Data is Active
. Predictive is not available for text entry.
Lock S %
10
2 e Application Lock S %
2 e Select item S % (P
appears) S A S Enter
Handset Code S %
Temporary Access to Records
. When accessing records, enter Handset
Code and press %.
Handset Security
Locks Menu
10-3
Additional Functions
0 Additional Functions
PIN & PIN2
G Changing PIN
[Locks Menu] e PIN Entry S %
S e Change PIN S % S Enter
current PIN S % S Enter new PIN
S % S Re-enter new PIN S %
. Activate PIN Entry first.
G Changing PIN2
10
Handset Security
10-4
[Locks Menu] e Change PIN2 S
% S Enter current PIN2 S % S
Enter new PIN2 S % S Re-enter
new PIN2 S %
4[Locks Menu] P.10-2
Secure Remote Lock
Secure Remote Lock
G Setting
Activation Message to Appear
[ Saving Message
[Locks Menu] e Set Lock Message
S % S e Message S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S Enter
message S % S e Yes S %
[ Checking Message
[Locks Menu] e Set Lock Message
S % S e Check Message S %
Infrared.......................................... 11-2
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB) .... 11-8
Transferring Files via Infrared ........ 11-3
Mass Storage................................ 11-5
About SAB......................................11-8
Backup & Restore ........................11-10
Connecting to PC .......................... 11-5
Additional Functions ................. 11-11
Backup .......................................... 11-6
Backup & Restore.......................... 11-6
11
Connectivity &
File Backup
11-1
Infrared
Infrared
Wirelessly transfer the following files
between 830SH and compatible devices.
Phone Book
Connectivity & File Backup
11
11-2
Received Msg.
Calendar
Sent Messages
Tasks
Drafts
Notepad
Templates
Bookmarks
Data Folder
Getting Started
Infrared Precautions
Align Infrared Ports of both devices.
Transfer Options
One File
Transfer
Transfer single files
All File
Transfer
Transfer all files by function
. Some transfer options may be unavailable
depending on file type.
. Transfer Memory Card files one by one.
Authorization Code
. Four-digit code required for infrared
transfers. All File Transfers possible when
codes match. (Authorization Code is
changeable for each transfer.)
. Copy/forward protected files are not
transferable.
. Some files may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not be
saved properly.
. Do not place objects between devices.
. Keep Infrared Ports aligned during transfer.
Infrared
Transferring Files via Infrared
Receiving Files
1 d (Long)
2 Connection request arrives
. When confirmation for save location
appears, select a location and press %.
[ All File Transfer (Adding Files)
e Yes S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S Enter Authorization Code S
% S e As New Items S %
All File Transfer
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e
Infrared S %
2 e Send All S %
3 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Sending Files
One File Transfer
Example: Phone Book entry
1 b S g Select entry S B
S e Send Entry S %
operations
. To cancel transfer, press A.
11
% S Transfer starts
Request Window
3 Perform subsequent
4 e Select item S %
5 Enter Authorization Code S
Connectivity & File Backup
. Infrared is activated.
. Handset receives files if sent within
three minutes.
. Handset must be in Standby to
accept connection requests.
. To cancel infrared, Long Press d.
Subsequent Operations
[ One File Transfer
e Yes S % S e Yes S %
2 e Via Infrared S %
3 e Yes S % S Transfer
starts
. When finished, Send All menu returns.
Sending Phone Book
. In 5, follow these steps to select
whether to send Phone Book Pictures:
e Yes or No S %
. When finished, entry list returns.
Advanced
0 (Overwriting Existing Files (Sending My Details (Sending
Non-Phone Book Files (P.11-4)
11-3
Infrared
G Overwriting Existing Files
Connectivity & File Backup
11
[Request Window] e Yes S % S
Enter Handset Code S % S Enter
Authorization Code S % S e
Delete All & Save S % S e Yes
S%
. For Phone Book, My Details except
handset phone number is overwritten
as well.
G Sending My Details
% S 0 S B S e Send My
Card S % S e Via Infrared S %
S e Yes S % S Transfer starts
G Sending Non-Phone Book Files
In file list, g (select file) S B S
e Send S % S e Via Infrared S
% S e Yes S % S Transfer
starts
11-4
Mass Storage
Connecting to PC
Accessing Memory Card from PC
Connect handset to a PC via USB Cable
to access Memory Card from the PC
without removing the card from handset.
1 % S g Settings S % S
USB Cable
. Use PC to access Memory Card.
4 A S e Yes S % S
Utility Software (Japanese)
Supplied CD-ROM contains these utility
software programs:
Modem Wizard Use handset as a modem
Transfer files on Memory
Memory Card Cards formatted for other
Transfer
SoftBank handsets by
SHARP to Memory Cards
Software
for 830SH
SoftBank Utility Transfer files between
handset and PC
Software*
Connection ends
. Safely remove handset (recognized
as removable hardware device) on
the PC, then disconnect USB Cable.
f Connectivity S e Mass
Storage S %
*
Access download page from Utility Software
CD-ROM.
. USB Cable driver is also contained.
. For details, see Utility Software Starter
Guide (Japanese) on Utility Software
CD-ROM.
2 e Yes S %
Connectivity & File Backup
. USB Cable may be purchased separately.
. If handset is connected to a PC via USB
Cable, disconnect it first.
3 Connect handset to a PC via
11
Mobile Data Communication Fees
. Using the Internet by connecting handset
to PC/PDA may incur high charges as
large-volume packet transmissions tend
to occur in a short period of time; check
transmission fees while online.
11-5
Backup
Backup & Restore
Back up information to Memory Card, and
restore to handset as needed.
The following folders/entries can be
transferred at once:
Phone Book*
Connectivity & File Backup
11
Drafts*
Calendar*
Templates
Tasks*
Contents Keys
Bookmarks*
Data Folder
Notepad*
S! Town
Received Msg.*
Sent Messages
*
*
Mail Groups
User Dictionary
Selectable simultaneously via Check
Selection in Options menu.
Precautions
. Not available if battery is low.
. Some items may not be transferable; some
settings may be lost, or files may not
transfer properly.
Transferring All Items
Use blank Memory Card for Backup All
Items. Do not use the card to save other
files after Backup All Items; backed up
content may not be restored properly.
Transferring Selected Items
[ Received Msg.
. Transfer deletes Auto Sort Keys.
. Mail Notices are restored as messages,
invalidating complete message retrieval.
. If spam filter is available on recipient
handset, Spam Folder messages are
saved in spam folder regardless of the
setting. (If unavailable, they are saved as
normal received messages.)
[ Sent Messages
Transfer deletes Auto Sort Keys.
11-6
[ Drafts
If transferred from Drafts, only the first
entered recipient remains or SMS
addressed to multiple recipients may not
be saved.
[ Bookmarks
. Yahoo! Keitai, Streaming and PC Site
Browser Bookmarks are all backed up.
. Streaming Bookmarks are saved as Yahoo!
Keitai Bookmarks.
[ Contents Keys
Moving Keys to Memory Card creates a
special file. Performing Backup again on
the same Memory Card overwrites that
file. Perform Restore beforehand.
Backup
Handset to Memory Card
Follow these steps to back up selected
items at once:
1 % S g Settings S % S
f Connectivity S e
Backup S %
5 A S e Yes S %
. To cancel, press A.
Selecting Multiple Items at Once
In 4, B S e Select option S % S
From 5
Selecting/Canceling All Items
In 4, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
S % S Enter Handset
Code S %
3 e Yes S %
4 e Select item S % (N/P)
S Complete selection
Follow these steps to restore selected
items:
Restoring backed up content to handset
overwrites current handset content (with
the exception of Contents Keys).
1 In Backup menu, e Restore
Selected Items S % S
Enter Handset Code S %
. If no file list appears, skip ahead to 7.
5 e Select file S %
. Repeat 5 to complete selection.
6%
7 e Yes S %
. To cancel, press A.
8 Restore complete S % S %
Selecting Multiple Items at Once
In 3, B S e Select option S % S
From 4
Selecting/Canceling All Items
In 3, B S e Check All or Uncheck
All S %
Connectivity & File Backup
2 e Backup Selected Items
S Complete selection
6 Backup complete S % S % 4 A
Memory Card to Handset
Backup Menu
3 e Select item S % (N/P)
11
2 e Yes S %
. For Phone Book, confirmation
appears. Choose Yes or No and
press %.
Advanced
0 (Backing Up All Items (Encoding Data for Backup (Restoring All
Items (Deleting Backup Files (P.11-11)
11-7
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
About SAB
Back up Phone Book content in SAB; add Phone Book changes
to SAB anytime. Edit SAB online via PC; add SAB changes to
Phone Book anytime. Restore lost or altered Phone Book content
from SAB.
Connectivity & File Backup
11
11-8
SAB Sync Commands & Features
Backup/
Restore
Backup/Restore
Synchronize
Birthday Notification
Edit on PC
Export Phone Book content to SAB1
Restore
Import SAB content to Phone Book2
Synchronize
Synchronize Phone Book and SAB3
Sync from Client
Add Phone Book changes to SAB4
Sync from Server Add SAB changes to Phone Book5
Synchronize
Phone
Book
Backup
Server
Edit on PC
Import from/Export to PC
. SAB requires a separate contract and basic monthly fee.
. Use SAB to add Phone Book content to a new compatible SoftBank
handset; some conditions apply (P.11-9).
. Use a PC to edit SAB online.
. For more about SAB, see the corresponding Website (P.13-21).
. Sync commands (Backup, Restore and Synchronize) all incur
transmission fees.
Send
Notice6
Spam Filter
1
Import from PC
Upload PC address book info to SAB
Export to PC
Export SAB content to PC address
book
Birthday
Notification
SAB sends reminders via SMS to
handset
Email Address
Notification7
Send new handset mail address to
specified addresses
"Disaster Message
Send emergency message board
Board" Message
update to specified addresses
Notification8
Tomodachi
Email Filter9
Always accept messages from
mail addresses saved in SAB
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
3
If the same entry item is edited in Phone Book and SAB, SAB
content is referenced.
4
Unrelated SAB changes remain.
5
Unrelated Phone Book changes remain.
6
Access this function via handset or a PC.
7
Backup resets notification setting; handset address is sent to all addresses.
8
Backup resets notification setting; updates are not sent to any address.
9
Export Phone Book content to SAB beforehand.
2
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
Service Usage Outline
Complete Contract
Receive User ID & Password
After subscription, User ID and Password arrive via SMS.
. User ID and Password are required to use SAB via a PC.
SAB restoration cancels these Phone Book settings:
, Picture, Tone/Video, Vibration
[ Unintentional Phone Book or SAB Content Deletion
. When no Phone Book content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync
from Client or Backup deletes all SAB content.
. When no SAB content exists, selecting Synchronize, Sync from
Server or Restore deletes all Phone Book content.
[ Phone Book ⇔ SAB Content Capacity Disparities
When the number of savable items varies between Phone
Book and SAB entries, Synchronization reflects lower limit.
[ Contract Termination
.
Use SAB
Export Phone Book content to SAB.
SAB content is deleted upon contract termination.
[ SAB Transfers to New Handsets
. SAB-Compatible 3G Handsets
SAB remains as last saved and is fully accessible.
. Other 3G Handsets
SAB remains as last saved and is accessible via PC.
Connectivity & File Backup
Visit a SoftBank Shop, dial 157 from a SoftBank
handset for SoftBank Customer Center, General
Information or access My SoftBank (Japanese) via
Yahoo! Keitai.
Precautions
[ Unsynchronizable Items
11
. V3/V4/V5/V6/V8 Series
Service contract is terminated and SAB content is deleted.
Advanced
0 (Confirming User ID & Password (P.11-11)
11-9
S! Addressbook Back-up (SAB)
Backup & Restore
Backup (Phone Book > SAB)
Any existing SAB content is deleted.
1 % S g Phone S % S e
S! Addressbook Backup S %
Connectivity & File Backup
11
Restore (SAB > Phone Book)
Any existing Phone Book content is deleted.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Restore S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
S! Addressbook Menu
2 e Start Sync S % S e
Backup S %
3 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Backup starts; when completed,
details appear.
4 % S Backup complete
Canceling Backup
A S e Yes S %
. Restore starts; when completed,
details appear.
3 % S Restore complete
Canceling Restore
A S e Yes S %
Synchronizing Phone Book
Synchronize Options:
Synchronize Phone
Book and SAB
Add Phone Book
Sync from Client
changes to SAB
Add SAB changes to
Sync from Server
Phone Book
Synchronize
If this is your first use of SAB (new
handset), Synchronization is performed
via Synchronize regardless of selection.
1 In S! Addressbook menu,
e Start Sync S % S e
Select option S %
2 e Yes S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
. Synchronization starts; when
completed, details appear.
3 % S Synchronization
complete
Canceling Synchronization
A S e Yes S %
Advanced
0 (Auto Synchronization (Opening Log (P.11-11)
11-10
Additional Functions
0 Backup
Backup & Restore
G Backing Up All Items
G Encoding Data for Backup
[Backup Menu] e Settings/Manage S
% S e Encode Settings S % S
e Select item S % S e On S %
. Available for Phone Book, Messaging
folders, Calendar and Tasks.
G Restoring All Items
[Backup Menu] e Restore All
Items S % S Enter Handset Code
S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S
% S Restore complete S % S %
G Deleting Backup Files
[Backup Menu] e Settings/Manage
S % S e File Management S %
S e Select item S % S e Select
file S % (N/P) S Complete
selection S A S e Yes S %
S! Addressbook Back-up
G Confirming User ID & Password
A S g メニューリスト S % S e
My SoftBank S % S e English S
% S e Password confirmation for
S! Address Book S % S Follow
onscreen instructions
G Auto Synchronization
[ Activating
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Set
Auto Sync S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Set On/Off S %
S e On S %
[ Changing Auto Sync Frequency
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Set
Auto Sync S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Set On/Off S %
S e On S % S e Set
Frequency S % S e Select
frequency S % S Enter/select
date/time/day of the week S %
. For After Editing Ph.Book(10 min.),
omit steps for date, time, etc.
[ Changing Auto Sync Command
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Set
Auto Sync S % S Enter Handset
Code S % S e Set On/Off S %
S e On S % S e Set Sync
Mode S % S e Select command
S%
G Opening Log
Connectivity & File Backup
[Backup Menu] e Backup All Items
S % S Enter Handset Code S %
S e Yes S % S e Yes S % S
Backup complete S % S %
4[Backup Menu] P.11-7 [S! Addressbook Menu] P.11-10
11
[S! Addressbook Menu] e Sync
History S % S e Select record
S%
11-11
Phone Settings............................. 12-2
Display & Key ............................... 12-3
Ringtones & Sounds.................... 12-5
Text Entry & Phone Book ............ 12-6
Calling ........................................... 12-7
Messaging .................................... 12-8
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser ... 12-10
Camera ....................................... 12-11
Media Player & S! Applications ... 12-12
Handy Extras.............................. 12-13
Communication Services.......... 12-14
Connectivity ............................... 12-15
Reset........................................... 12-16
12
Handset
Customization
12-1
Phone Settings
1 Phone Settings
Mode
Selecting a handset mode
Customizing handset modes
Date & Time
Handset Customization
12
12-2
Setting the date and time
Correcting Clock manually
Activating Daylight Saving
Changing Time Zone
Changing time format to 12 hour
Changing date format
Starting the Calendar week on Monday
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Mode Settings S %
e Select mode S %
e Select mode S B S e Select item S % S Adjust settings
. Not available for Normal mode.
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Date & Time S %
e Set Date/Time S % S Enter the year S Enter the month S Enter the day
S Enter the time S %
e Time Correction S % S e Manual S % S e Yes S %
e Daylight Saving S % S e On S %
e Set Time Zone S % S f Select area S %
e Time Format S % S e 12 Hour S %
e Date Format S % S e Select option S %
e Calendar Format S % S e Monday-Sunday S %
Display & Key
1 Display & Key Settings 1
Language
3% S g Settings S % S Phone Settings menu
Switching interface between Japanese and English
Display Image
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Display S %
Showing preloaded images for incoming calls, etc.
Showing Customized Screen for incoming calls, etc.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Preset Animation (or
Pattern 1 to Pattern 3) S %
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Select folder S % S
g Select image S % S % S g Specify display area S %
. Some images may be usable without specifying display area.
e System Graphics S % S e Select item S % S e Customized Screen
S%S%
. Not available for Power On or Power Off.
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Display S %
Changing display transition effects
Changing Display/Keypad Backlight illumination time
Changing Display Brightness
Changing inactivity time after which Display turns off
e Display Effects S % S e Select option S %
e Backlight S % S e Time Out S % S e Select time S %
e Backlight S % S e Brightness S % S e Adjust level S %
e Display Saving S % S e Select period S %
Handset Customization
Showing Data Folder images for incoming calls, etc.
Display Illumination
e Language or 言語選択 S % S e English or 日本語 S %
12
12-3
Display & Key
1 Display & Key Settings 2
External Display
Changing inactivity time after which External Display
turns off
e External Display S % S e Duration S % S e Select time S %
Hiding new received messages
e External Display S % S e Messages S % S e Not Display S %
e External Display S % S e Caller Display S % S e Off S %
Hiding caller's number/name
Additional Display Settings
Handset Customization
12
12-4
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Display S %
Changing Clock/Calendar
Hiding indicators in Standby
Showing Softkeys in Standby
Handset Keys
Disabling Keypad light illumination
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Display S %
e Standby Display S % S e Clock/Calendar S % S e Select type S %
e Standby Display S % S e Show Indicators S % S e Status Area S %
S e Off S %
e Standby Display S % S e Show Indicators S % S e Softkey Area S
% S e On S %
3% S g Settings S % S Phone Settings menu
e Set Key Light S % S e Off S %
Ringtones & Sounds
1 Ringtone & Sound Settings
Handset Response
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Sounds & Alerts S %
e Volume S % S e Select item S % S e Adjust level S %
e Any Key Answer S % S e On S %
. Use 0 - 9, (, #, g, ' or & in addition to !.
Changing ringtone volume
Answering calls with other keys
Changing Event Light illumination option
e Event Light S % S e Select item S e On, Link to Sound or Off S %
Enabling/disabling illumination for missed incoming
transmissions
e Status Light S % S e Select item S % S e On or Off S %
Enabling Keypad Tones
Changing S! Circle Talk tone
Changing other System Sounds
Additional Sound Setting
Disabling Speaker when using Headphones
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Sounds & Alerts S %
e System Sounds S % S e Keypad Tones S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e S! Circle Talk S % S e Select tone S %
e System Sounds S % S e Select item S % S e Tone S % S e Select
folder S % S g Select tone/file S %
. For files with limited usage period, choose Yes and press %.
3% S g Settings S % S Phone Settings menu
e Ringer Output S % S e Earphone S %
Handset Customization
System Sound
12
12-5
Text Entry & Phone Book
1 Text Entry & Phone Book Settings
Text Entry
3[Text Entry Window] B S e Input/Conversion S %
Disabling suggestions based on entered characters
Disabling suggestions based on entered words
e Predictive S % S e Off S %
e Previous Usage S % S e Off S %
Disabling emoticon/Pictogram suggestions based on
entered words
e EmoticonWordLink S % S e Off S %
Lowering type priorities in suggestion list
e Set Low Priority S % S e Select type S % (P appears) S A
Using Keypad to enter words/phrases from suggestion list e Select Candidate S % S e Enable 1-9, 0, n, # S %
Handset Customization
12
12-6
Phone Book
3% S g Phone S % S e Ph.Book Settings S %
Switching reference Phone Book
e Select Phone Book S % S e USIM Memory or Both S %
Changing default storage media for new entries
e Save New Entry S % S e USIM Memory or Ask Each Time S %
e New Number Prompt S % S e Incoming Call or Outgoing Call S % S
e Off S %
Hiding confirmation after calls to/from unsaved numbers
Calling
1 Advanced Call Settings
Voice Call & Video Call
3% S g Settings S % S f Call/Video Call
Setting handset to beep once each minute during Voice Calls
Showing Call Cost after each call
Hiding Call Time during calls
Video Call
3% S g Settings S % S f Call/Video Call S e Video Call S %
Changing quality of Incoming/Outgoing Images
Disabling Loudspeaker for Video Calls
3% S g Settings S % S f Call/Video Call S e Call Time & Cost S %
Checking the most recent packet transmission volume
Checking all packet transmission volume
e Data Counter S % S e Last Data S %
e Data Counter S % S e All Data S %
Handset Customization
e Camera Picture S % S e Alternative Image S % S e Select folder S
% S g Select image S % S %
e Incoming Picture or Outgoing Picture S % S e Select quality S %
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Changing Alternative Image
Packet Transmission
e Minute Minder S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Cost S % S e Display Call Cost S % S e On S %
e Disp. Time/Cost S % S e Call Time Counter S % S e Off S %
12
12-7
Messaging
1 Advanced Messaging Settings 1
General Settings
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S %
e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Message List View S % S e Select option S %
Showing complete sent/received message addresses
e Address View S % S e Show All S %
Changing view for Received Msg. folder
e Received Msg. View S % S e Select option S %
Changing view for Sent Messages folder
e Sent Msg. View S % S e Select option S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest received messages e Auto Delete S % S e Received Msg. S % S e Off S %
Canceling automatic deletion of oldest sent messages
e Auto Delete S % S e Sent Messages S % S e Off S %
Changing message window scroll unit
Changing message list view
Handset Customization
12
. For Received Msg. View and Sent Msg. View, Folder View by Account is selectable when a PC Mail Account exists.
Sending/Composing
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e Send/Compose S %
Requesting Delivery Report for all messages
e Delivery Report S % S e On S %
Disabling automatic resend of unsent messages
e Auto Resend S % S e Off S %
Receiving
3B S e Settings S % S e General Settings S % S e Receive S %
Muting ringer, etc. for messages sorted into Secret folders
Hiding incoming Feeling Mail subject, sender, etc.
Disabling 3D Pictogram
12-8
e Message Notice S % S e Secret Folder S % S e No Response S %
e Link to Feeling S % S e Idle Screen Info. S % S e Off S %
e 3D Pictogram S % S e Display Effect S % S e Disable S %
Messaging
1 Advanced Messaging Settings 2
S! Mail
3B S e Settings S % S e S! Mail Settings S %
e Message DL(Japan) S % S e Manual S %
e Message DL(Abroad) S % S e Manual S %
. When set to Auto (All), complete S! Mail messages including attachments are
retrieved; may incur high charges.
Disabling automatic S! Mail retrieval in Japan
Disabling automatic S! Mail retrieval abroad
Disabling image auto-open
Enabling sound auto-play
. Settings in Picture Appearance and Auto Play File apply to PC Mail as well.
PC Mail
3B S e Settings S % S e PC Mail Settings S %
Retrieving complete PC Mail messages
e PC Mail DL S % S e PC Mail DL S % S e All Contents S %
Retrieving new messages automatically
e Check New Mail S % S e Check New Mail S % S e On S % S e
Select account S % (P appears) S A S %
Changing interval between automatic message retrieval
Disabling automatic word wrap
e Check New Mail S % S e Interval S % S e Select interval S %
e Word wrap S % S e Off S %
. Setting Check New Mail to On may incur high charges; checking for new messages may incur transmission fees even when none exists.
Remember this, especially when using handset outside Japan.
. Other functions may slow while handset is checking for new messages.
SMS
Changing Server sent message storage limit
Handset Customization
e Picture Appearance S % S e Double-Sized S %
e Auto Play File S % S e Pictures S % S e Off S %
e Auto Play File S % S e Sounds S % S e On S %
Enabling image auto-resize
12
3B S e Settings S % S e SMS Settings S %
e Expiry Time S % S e Select option S %
12-9
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
1 Advanced Internet Settings
Yahoo! Keitai
3% S g Yahoo! Keitai S % S e Browser Settings S %
e Font Size S % S e Select size S %
e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Cursor Settings S % S e Cursor Mode Settings S % S e Normal
Mode S%
e Cursor Settings S % S e Speed Settings S % S e Select speed S %
e Downloads S % S e Images S % S e Do not Show S %
e Downloads S % S e Sounds S % S e Do not Play S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cache S % S e Yes S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Cookies S % S e Yes S %
Changing character size
Changing scroll unit
Activating pointer navigation
Changing pointer speed
Disabling automatic image display
Handset Customization
12
Disabling automatic sound playback
Clearing cache (temporarily saved information)
Clearing cookies
Clearing authentication information
Using Memory Card as primary download storage
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete Auth Info S % S e Yes S %
e Download to S % S e Prefer Card S %
. Some files may be saved to handset regardless of this setting.
Resetting browser settings and stored information
(Bookmarks, Saved Pages, etc.)
e Initialized Browser S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
Restoring default handset settings
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
PC Site Browser
3% S g Yahoo! Keitai S % S e PC Site Browser S % S e PC Site Browser Settings S %
Hiding navigation map for continuous scroll
Changing scroll unit (PC Site Browser)
Hiding PC Site Browser activation/change confirmation
Deleting all RSS feeds
e Scroll Settings S % S e Page Navigation S % S e Off S %
e Scroll Settings S % S e Scroll Unit S % S e Select unit S %
e Warning Message S % S e PC Site Browser or Yahoo! Keitai S % S e
Off S %
e Memory Operation S % S e Delete RSS Feed List S % S Enter
Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
. Yahoo! Keitai settings above are also available in PC Site Browser Settings.
12-10
Camera
1 Advanced Camera Settings
Photo/Video Camera
Changing save location
Activating automatic saving
Selecting image quality
Changing shutter click sound
Video Camera
Recording video without sound
Enlarging Viewfinder size
B S g Settings S % S g Save Pictures to or Save Videos to S % S g
Select location or Ask Each Time S %
. Ask Each Time is available for video recording when Record Time/Size is set to
For Message.
B S g Settings S % S g Auto Save S % S g On S %
B S g Picture Quality or Video Quality S % S g Select quality S %
3% S g Camera S %
B S g Settings S % S g Shutter Sound S % S g Select pattern S %
. Shutter click sounds for Continuous Shoot, Panorama Picture and Scanner are
unique and fixed.
3% S g Camera S % S A
B S g Microphone S % S g Off S %
B S g Display Size S % S g Enlarge S %
Handset Customization
Photo Camera
3% S g Camera S % (For Video Camera, then press A)
12
12-11
Media Player & S! Applications
1 Advanced Media Player & S! Application Settings
Video Playback
Setting Backlight status
Hiding linked information
Operational Settings (S! Appli)
3% S g Media Player S % S e Videos S % S e Settings S %
e Backlight S % S e Select option S %
. Selecting Normal Settings applies Display Backlight setting.
e Web Link Setting S % S e Off S %
3% S g S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
Handset Customization
Adjusting S! Application sound volume
e Application Volume S % S e Adjust level S %
Showing incoming transmission notice
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Select item S % S e Show Call Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Incoming Message S % S e Message
Priority S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Alarm S % S e Alarm Notice S %
e Calls & Alarms S % S e Start Demand S % S e Start Notice S %
e Screensaver S % S e Activation Time S % S Enter time S %
Pausing S! Application for incoming mail
Setting handset to show notice at Alarm Time
Showing incoming S! Appli Request notice
Changing Screensaver Activation Time
. When an S! Application started from Screensaver is active, a message appears for incoming transmissions regardless of settings.
Reset Settings (S! Appli)
12
Restoring default S! Application settings
Restoring default S! Appli Library
3% S g S! Appli S % S e Settings S %
e Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
e Memory All Clear S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S %
. Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by
Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for details.)
. Memory All Clear deletes all downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.
12-12
Handy Extras
1 Advanced Handy Extras Settings
Alarm
3% S g Tools S % S In PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e Alarms S %
Sounding Alarm Time tone even in Manner mode
Activating Alarm based on World Clock time
Osaifu-Keitai®
3% S g Tools S % S In PIM/LifestyleTools menu, e Osaifu-Keitai S %
3% S g Tools S % S f Timer/Clock Tools S e Hour Minder S %
Sounding Hour Minder Time tone even in Manner mode
Activating Hour Minder based on World Clock time
S! Information Channel
e Advanced S % S e For Manner Mode: S % S e Ring S % S e Yes
S%SASA
e Advanced S % S e Link to World Clk: S % S e On S % S A S A
3% S g Entertainment S % S e S! Information Channel/Weather S %
Hiding Weather Indicator in Standby
Canceling Weather Indicator automatic updates
Handset Customization
e IC Card Settings S % S e Set to Default S % S Enter Handset Code S
% S e Yes S %
. Settings in IC Card Lock, Remote Lock, Interface Settings and Balance Info return
to their defaults. (Downloaded Lifestyle-Applications remain.)
Restoring default Osaifu-Keitai® settings
Hour Minder
e Settings S % S e For Manner Mode S % S e Ring S % S e Yes S %
e Settings S % S e Link to World Clk S % S e On S %
12
e Weather Indicator S % S e Settings S % S e Standby Setting S %
S e Off S %
e Weather Indicator S % S e Settings S % S e Icon Update S % S e
Off S %
12-13
Communication Services
1 Advanced Communication Service Settings
S! Friend's Status
Rejecting requests from unsaved numbers
Rejecting all requests
Rejecting incoming images
Handset Customization
12
12-14
S! Circle Talk
Disabling Loudspeaker
3% S g Communication S % S e S! Friend's Status S %
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Confirm if Registered
S%
. Rejection notice is sent to rejected numbers automatically.
B S e Settings S % S e Request Reply S % S e Always Ignore S %
. Rejection notice is sent to all requesters automatically.
B S e Settings S % S e Receiving Image S % S e Reject S %
3H S B
e Loudspeaker S % S e Off S %
Connectivity
1 Advanced Connectivity Settings
PC Connection
3% S g Settings S % S f Connectivity S e USB Charge S %
e Disable S %
Disabling USB Charge
Network
3% S g Settings S % S f Network Settings
e Retrieve NW Info S % S e Yes S %
e Location Info S % S e Datum On/Off S % S e Off S % S Enter
Handset Code S %
Retrieving Network Information
Hiding Location Information
IP Service
Disabling IP Service
e Location Info S % S e Location Property S % S e Select option S %
S Enter Handset Code S %
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Locks S %
e IP Service Setting S % S e Off S % S Enter Handset Code S %
. When Off, S! Friend's Status, S! Circle Talk and S! Appli Communication are disabled.
Handset Customization
Changing Location Information confirmation option
12
12-15
Reset
1 Reset Settings
Restoring Default Settings
3% S g Settings S % S In Phone Settings menu, e Master Reset S %
Restoring default handset settings
Clearing all Phone Book entries, Data Folder files, etc.
Handset Customization
12
12-16
e Reset Settings S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e
Yes S %
. Some default settings may not be restored.
e Reset All S % S Enter Handset Code S % S e Yes S % S e Yes S %
. Delete IC Card data beforehand. (Procedures to delete IC Card data vary by
Lifestyle-Appli; contact Osaifu-Keitai® service providers for details.)
. Files and records deleted by Reset All cannot be restored. Reset All deletes all
downloaded S! Applications and Lifestyle-Applications.
. Handset Code returns to the default setting.
. A confirmation may appear before entering Handset Code; end the current function to proceed.
USIM Card ..................................... 13-2
Character Codes........................ 13-12
About USIM Card .......................... 13-2
USIM Card Installation................... 13-3
Specifications ............................ 13-18
Character Code List .....................13-12
Battery........................................... 13-4
Memory Card Structure & Contents ...13-22
Battery Installation......................... 13-4
Menu List .................................... 13-23
Index ........................................... 13-29
Warranty & Service.................... 13-37
Customer Service ...................... 13-38
Software Update........................... 13-5
Troubleshooting ........................... 13-6
Key Assignments ......................... 13-9
Pager Codes ............................... 13-11
Pager Code List ........................... 13-11
13
Appendix
13-1
USIM Card
About USIM Card
USIM Card is an IC card containing
customer and authentication information,
including the handset number. USIM Card
must be inserted to use this handset.
Save Phone Book entries on USIM Card
Phone Book to use them on other
SoftBank handsets. Depending on the
USIM Card in use, some entry items may
not be supported, and some limits
(character entry, etc.) may be lower.
Precautions
IC Chip
Appendix
13
13-2
. Do not insert USIM Card into any other IC
card device. SoftBank is not liable for
resulting damages.
. Keep the USIM Card IC chip clean;
malfunction may result. Use a dry, soft
cloth to clean the USIM Card.
. Do not attach labels to USIM Card.
Malfunction may result.
Important
. USIM Card is the property of SoftBank.
. USIM Card will be reissued for a fee if
lost or damaged.
. Return USIM Card to SoftBank upon
subscription termination.
. Returned USIM Cards are recycled.
. USIM Card specifications may change
without prior notice.
. Back up USIM Card files. SoftBank is not
liable for lost files.
. If your USIM Card or handset (with USIM
Card inserted) is lost or stolen, suspend
your service immediately. For details,
contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P.13-38).
USIM PINs
There are two Security Codes for USIM
Card; both are 9999 by default.
PIN
PIN2
Security Code to prevent
unauthorized use of handset
Required to clear Call Costs
and to set Max Cost, etc.
PIN Lock
. Entering incorrect PIN or PIN2 three
consecutive times activates PIN Lock or
PIN2 Lock, limiting handset use.
Canceling PIN Lock
. Contact SoftBank Customer Center,
General Information (P.13-38) for your
Personal Unblocking Key (PUK Code)
and follow these steps:
Enter PUK Code S % S Enter new
PIN/PIN2 S % S Re-enter new PIN/
PIN2 S %
, Write down PUK code.
USIM Lock
. Entering incorrect PUK Code
ten consecutive times locks USIM Card,
disabling handset. To learn how to unlock
USIM Card, contact SoftBank Customer
Center, General Information (P.13-38).
USIM Card
USIM Card Installation
. Do not apply excessive force to insert/remove USIM Card.
. USIM Card must be inserted to use this handset.
Inserting
1 Remove battery (P.13-4)
2 Slide in USIM Card with IC
chip facing down
Removing
Take care not to lose removed USIM Card.
1 Remove battery (P.13-4)
2 Gently slide out USIM Card
After Repairs, USIM Card Replacement
or Handset Upgrade/Replacement
. Some downloaded files may be
inaccessible. In addition, S! Applications,
BookSurfing® and S! Town may be
disabled after USIM Card replacement.
as shown
. Reinstall battery (P.13-4).
Appendix
Notch
13
. Reinstall battery (P.13-4).
13-3
Battery
Battery Installation
About Battery
. Charge battery at least once every
six months; an uncharged battery may
become unusable or affect files/settings.
. Depending on usage, bulges may appear near
end of battery life; this does not affect safety.
. Replace battery if operating time shortens
noticeably.
. Clean device charging terminals with a dry
cotton swab.
Appendix
13
13-4
Lithium-ion Battery
. This product requires a
lithium-ion battery.
Lithium-ion batteries are a
recyclable resource.
, To recycle a used
lithium-ion battery, take it to any shop
displaying the symbol shown above.
, To avoid fire or electric shock, do not
short-circuit or disassemble battery.
Inserting & Removing
1 Remove cover
3 Close cover
Battery Cover
. Position and slide the cover gently as
shown until it stops.
. Press and slide as shown.
2 Insert battery
. With logo side up, fit tabs into battery
cavity slots.
Removing
. Turn handset power off, then take hold of
Battery Tab (printed "PULL") and lift as
shown.
. If Battery Tab rips off and battery cannot
be removed, contact a SoftBank Shop.
Software Update
Software Update
Check for firmware updates and download
as required.
1 % S g Settings S % S In
Phone Settings menu, e
Software Update S %
Scheduled Update
Confirmation appears at scheduled
update time. Press % or wait a while for
update to start.
When Updated
A message appears and handset reboots.
2 e Software Update S %
After reboot, completion message
appears and Information window opens.
. Follow onscreen instructions.
Setting Update Period (Japanese)
In 2, e Update Period S %
, Follow onscreen instructions.
Update Result
In 2, e Update Result S %
Update Result
While Information window appears,
e Update Result S %
Reboot Failure
. If handset does not return to Standby
after update, turn power off, reinsert
battery, then restart it. If it still does not
restart, contact SoftBank Customer
Center, Customer Assistance (P.13-38).
Appendix
Precautions
. Handset is disabled until update is
complete. Update may take up to
approximately 30 minutes.
. Update failure may disable handset. To
reduce failure risk, make sure signal is
strong and stable, and charge battery
beforehand.
. Update will not start if other functions are
in use. Before updating software (or
before scheduled update time), end all
active functions/applications.
. Disconnect USB Cable beforehand to
reduce failure risk.
. Always back up important information.
SoftBank cannot be held liable for
damages from lost information, etc.
Updating Software
Packet transmission fees do not apply to
updates (including checking, downloading
and rewriting).
13
13-5
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
[ General
Problem
Handset won't
turn on
Handset won't
respond
Insert USIM Card
appears
Appendix
13
REFRESH
appears and
handset returns
to Standby
Keypad won't
respond
Possible Cause
Problem
Possible Cause
Entry/folder may be set
to Secret.
Activate Show Secret Data
(P.10-3).
Show Secret Data may
be active.
Cancel Show Secret Data.
Was " pressed long
enough?
Press " longer.
Saved entry/folder
does not appear
on handset
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Cannot use
Predictive
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Install battery properly (P.13-4).
Is Switch On/Off in
PIN Entry On?
If On, PIN is required. Enter
PIN according to onscreen
prompt.
USIM Card may not be
properly inserted.
Turn power off and check that
USIM Card is properly
inserted, then restart handset.
If the message still appears,
USIM may be damaged.
The correct USIM Card
may not be inserted.
Make sure the correct USIM
Card is inserted. The inserted
USIM Card may not be valid.
There may be debris on
IC chip/terminals.
Clean relevant parts with a dry
cloth and re-insert.
Handset may have
been dropped or
subjected to shocks.
Handset failed to recognize
USIM Card temporarily. This is
not a malfunction.
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-13).
Function Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Function Lock (P.10-2).
Battery strength
Ambient temperature
indicator flashes
may be outside 5oC to
when not charging 35oC.
13-6
Solution
Use within an ambient
temperature of 5oC - 35oC.
Handset/accessories
may warm while
charging.
Handset/AC
Charger/Desktop
Holder feels warm
Handset may warm
during extended
periods of use.
Solution
Unless handset/accessories
are too hot to touch, warmth is
considered normal. Always
avoid prolonged skin contact to
prevent burn injuries.
Handset may warm
during Video Calls.
Cannot access
Memory Card may not
Memory Card files be properly formatted.
Cannot receive/
accept connection
requests even
when Infrared is On
Use 830SH-formatted Memory
Cards.
Handset may not be in
Standby.
Return to Standby and retry.
Keypad Lock/Function
Lock may be active.
Cancel Keypad Lock/Function
Lock.
Software Update may
be in progress.
Wait until update is complete.
Troubleshooting
[ Charger/Battery
Problem
Battery charges
quickly
Battery charges
slowly
Possible Cause
Solution
High power consuming
operations are in use.
Keep handset closed in Standby;
reduce S! Application, Media
Player and Camera use, and
limit transmissions/external
connections.
Using handset in poor
conditions may shorten
Battery Time.
Avoid prolonged use of handset
out-of-range or in poor signal
conditions.
Power hungry settings
may be active.
Lower Brightness, select shorter
Display Saving/Backlight time, etc.
Solution
Remaining charge
shortens charging time.
This is normal.
Battery may be
terminally exhausted or
defective. (Small Light
flashes red.)
Replace battery with a new one.
Charging slows during
Video Calls.
End the call to charge faster.
Battery may be
charging via USB.
Use AC Charger.
AC Charger or Desktop
Holder may not be
properly connected to
handset.
Make sure connector is
securely inserted and retry.
AC Charger may not be
firmly plugged in to AC
outlet.
Remove plug from outlet,
re-insert and retry.
Battery may not be
properly installed.
Install battery properly (P.13-4).
Battery, AC Charger, or
handset/Desktop Holder
charging terminals, or
Device/Desktop Holder
Connection Port may be
obstructed by dust, etc.
Clean terminals, connector and
Port with a dry cotton swab and
retry.
Charger/holder, etc.
may not be supported.
Use specified AC Charger,
Desktop Holder, etc. only;
others may damage battery.
Battery Time
seems shorter
than usual
[ Calling
Problem
Cannot place call
Call won't connect
and there's a
beeping tone
Possible Cause
Solution
Keypad Lock may be
active (` appears).
Cancel Keypad Lock (P.1-13).
Function Lock may be
active ($ appears).
Cancel Function Lock (P.10-2).
Offline Mode may be
active ([ appears).
Cancel Offline Mode (P.1-15).
Did you include the
area code or the first 0?
Dial the number including the
area code or 0.
Handset may be
out-of-range ()
appears).
Move to a place where signal is
strong and retry.
Appendix
Battery won't
charge
Problem
Possible Cause
13
13-7
Troubleshooting
[ Calling (continued)
Problem
Solution
Network signal may be
weak.
Move to a place where signal is
strong and retry.
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Clicking noise is
heard during call
Handset may be
moving into another
service area.
Noise is heard when Network
signal switches. This is normal.
Cannot hear
other party's
voice
Earpiece Volume may
be low.
Increase Earpiece Volume
(P.3-10).
Memory may be full.
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are disabled when less than
12 seconds remain or
20 messages are recorded.
Delete messages (P.3-3).
Is the call a Video Call?
Answer Phone and Caller Voice
are not available for Video Calls.
Does the number start
with 1, 00, 0120 or 0990?
Public service numbers,
international call numbers
starting with 00, toll-free
numbers and fee-based service
numbers cannot be saved.
Call is choppy or
cut off
Cannot use
Answer Phone or
Caller Voice
Appendix
13
13-8
[ Messaging
Possible Cause
Cannot save
phone number for
Call Forwarding
Problem
Possible Cause
Solution
Does A appear?
Memory is full. Delete
messages (P.4-22).
Does ) appear?
Move to a place where signal is
strong.
S! Mail is not
delivered as sent
Recipient handset may not
be S! Mail-compatible.
Recipient must be subscribed to
S! Mail, Super Mail or Long Mail.
The maximum size of messages/
attachments handsets can
receive varies by make and
model. Confirm compatibility
with recipient handsets.
Still images are
not delivered as
sent
Recipient handset may
not be JPEG-compatible.
Convert JPEG files to PNG
(P.6-13).
Video clips are
not delivered as
sent
Recipient handset may
not support the file
format.
Send video clips to S! Mail- or
VGS-compatible SoftBank
handsets supporting MPEG-4.
Cannot receive
messages
[ Other Functions
Problem
Possible Cause
Solution
Mobile camera
won't activate
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Cannot use
Osaifu-Keitai®
(S! FeliCa)
Battery may need to be
charged or replaced.
Charge battery or install a
charged battery.
Key Assignments
Key Assignments
Key
Kanji (Hiragana)
[Double-byte]
Katakana
[Double & Single-byte]
Alphanumerics
[Double & Single-byte]
Numbers
[Single-byte]
Character Codes
1
あいうえお
ぁぃぅぇぉ
アイウエオ
ァィゥェォ
@./-1
K (space)
1
1
かきくけこ
カキクケコ
ABCabc2
2
2
さしすせそ
サシスセソ
DEFdef3
3
3
4
たちつてとっ
タチツテトッ
GHIghi4
4
4
5
なにぬねの
ナニヌネノ
JKLjkl5
5
5
6
はひふへほ
ハヒフヘホ
MNOmno6
6
6
7
まみむめも
マミムメモ
PQRSpqrs7
7
7
8
やゆよゃゅょ
ヤユヨャュョ
TUVtuv8
8
8
9
らりるれろ
ラリルレロ
WXYZwxyz9
9
9
0
わをんー
0
0
0
(
゛゜
ワヲンー
゛゜-1
─────
N + P (pause) ? -2
#
1
Log, Pictogram List (double-byte), Symbol List3
、
。
L (line break) ？！ K (space)
,.
- is available only in single-byte katakana entry.
Available for phone number entry; some characters may not be enterable in some windows.
3
May not be enterable in some windows.
2
#
─────
─────
Appendix
2
3
13
13-9
Key Assignments
Key
Kanji (Hiragana)
[Double-byte]
a
Conversion (up)4
b
Conversion (down)5
Katakana
[Double & Single-byte]
Alphanumerics
[Double & Single-byte]
Numbers
[Single-byte]
Character Codes
Cursor up
Cursor down L (line break)
c
Cursor left
d
Cursor right
&
Change entry mode
Toggle case (for some characters)
'
─────
$
Appendix
4
Delete before or after cursor
Recover6
Re-convert
7
13-10
─────
OK
B
Phonetic Conversion
─────
A
Hiragana to Katakana/
Alphanumeric
Conversion
─────
Cursor moves up except during conversion.
Cursor moves down except during conversion.
6
Recover deleted characters. (Not available after using $ (Long).)
7
Press ! immediately after inserting characters to re-convert them.
5
Delete code
─────
%
13
─────
Delete one character
Cancel conversion
$
(Long)
!
Toggle mode (upper/
lower and lower case)
Pager Codes
Pager Code List
Gray background indicates upper and lower case available. Press ' to switch immediately after character entry.
2
い
き
し
ち
に
ひ
み
（
り
を
9
Ｄ
Ｉ
Ｎ
Ｓ
Ｘ
−
N
2
４
９
0
Ｅ
Ｊ
Ｏ
Ｔ
Ｙ
／
*1
*2
５
０
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
ぃ
ゅ
2
ｲ
ｷ
ｼ
ﾁ
ﾆ
ﾋ
ﾐ
(
ﾘ
ｦ
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ｳ
ｴ
ｵ
A
B
C
ｸ
ｹ
ｺ
F
G
H
K
L
M
ｽ
ｾ
ｿ
ﾂ
ﾃ
ﾄ
P
Q
R
ﾇ
ﾈ
ﾉ
U
V
W
Z
?
!
ﾌ
ﾍ
ﾎ
m
&
ﾑ
ﾒ
ﾓ
N
ﾕ
)
ﾖ
# Space
ﾙ
ﾚ
ﾛ
1
2
3
ﾝ
゛ ゜
6
7
8
9
D
I
N
S
X
N
2
4
9
0
E
J
O
T
Y
/
9
d
i
n
s
x
0
e
j
o
t
y
*1
*2
5
0
[ Single-byte Lower Case
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ぅ ぇ ぉ ａ ｂ ｃ
ｆ ｇ ｈ
ｋ ｌ ｍ
っ
ｐ ｑ ｒ
ｕ ｖ ｗ
ｚ
9
ｄ
ｉ
ｎ
ｓ
ｘ
0
ｅ
ｊ
ｏ
ｔ
ｙ
*1
ゃ
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
ｱ
ｶ
ｻ
ﾀ
ﾅ
ﾊ
ﾏ
ﾔ
ﾗ
ﾜ
ょ
*2
、 。
Press 70 to insert 0 (line break) in mail message text, Notepad, etc.
*2
Press 80 to toggle upper and lower case modes.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
ｧ
2
ｨ
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
ｩ
ｪ
ｫ
a
b
c
f
g
h
k
l
m
ｯ
p
q
r
u
v
w
z
Appendix
First Digit (Press First)
[ Double-byte Lower Case
1
ぁ
First Digit (Press First)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
あ
か
さ
た
な
は
ま
や
ら
わ
[ Single-byte Upper Case
Second Digit (Press Next)
3
4
5
6
7
8
う え お Ａ Ｂ Ｃ
く け こ Ｆ Ｇ Ｈ
す せ そ Ｋ Ｌ Ｍ
つ て と Ｐ Ｑ Ｒ
ぬ ね の Ｕ Ｖ Ｗ
ふ へ ほ Ｚ ？ ！
む め も m ＆
ゆ
） よ N ＃ Space
る れ ろ １ ２ ３
ん ゛ ゜ ６ ７ ８
First Digit (Press First)
First Digit (Press First)
[ Double-byte Upper Case
13
*1
ｬ
ｭ
ｮ
,
*2
.
*1
13-11
Character Codes
Character Code List
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Space
い
う
Appendix
え
き
13
お
か
あ
13-12
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
く
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
そ
さ
け
た
し
Appendix
す
こ
13
ち
せ
13-13
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
つ
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
ゆ
は
ほ
て
よ
ら
と
ま
り
ひ
Appendix
み
む
13
ふ
る〜れ
め
な
ろ
も
に
わ
ぬ〜の
13-14
へ
や
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
13
13-15
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Appendix
13
13-16
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Character Codes
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
First Three
Digits
Last Digit
Appendix
13
13-17
Specifications
Specifications
SoftBank 830SH
[ Handset Materials
Parts
Approximately 105 g
Approximately 260 minutes (3G)
Approximately 240 minutes (GSM)
Approximately 350 hours (3G)
Continuous
Approximately 320 hours (GSM)
Standby Time
(handset closed)
AC Charger: Approximately
Charging Time 130 minutes
(power off)
In-Car Charger: Approximately
140 minutes
Approximately 49 x 97 x 17.6 mm
Dimensions
(handset closed, without protruding
(W x H x D)
parts)
Maximum
0.25 W (3G)
Output
2.0 W (GSM)
Weight
Continuous
Talk Time
Appendix
13
13-18
. Above values calculated with battery installed.
. Continuous Talk Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with stable signals.
. Continuous Standby Time is an average
measured with a new, fully charged battery,
with handset closed without calls or
operations, in Standby with stable signals.
. Talk Time/Standby Time may vary by
environment, status, settings, etc.
. Display employs precision technology,
however, some pixels may appear brighter/
darker.
Housing (Display side),
Display ornament
Parts
Materials & Finishing
ABS resin/Acrylic UV
curing painting
(sealer: discontinuous
deposition)
Housing (Display back,
Keypad side, Keypad
back), hinge cover
(Keypad side), Battery
Cover
ABS resin/Acrylic UV
curing painting
(sealer: acrylic
painting)
Hinge housing (left &
right, Display side)
Nylon-based resin
(with glass fibers)/
Acrylic UV curing
painting (sealer:
acrylic and urethane
painting)
External Display
ornament panel
Acrylic resin/Acrylic
UV curing painting
(sealer: printed foil)
Display window, External
Camera window
Acrylic resin
Infrared Port
ABS resin (infrared
grade)
Multi Selector (center,
Cursor Keys)
ABS resin (chrome
plating on nickel
plating)
Start Key, Power On/Off
Key, Mail Key, Yahoo!
Keitai Key, Shortcuts &
A/a Key, Clear/Back Key,
Dictionary & Text Key,
Side Keys, Keypad
PC resin/Painting
Memory Card Slot Cover,
Headphone Port Cover
Urethane-based resin,
PC resin/Acrylic UV
curing painting
(sealer: acrylic
painting)
Materials & Finishing
External Device Port
Cover
Elastomeric resin/
Urethane painting
Display stop rubber
Silicon rubber
Battery, screw cover
PC resin
Charging Terminals
SUS/Gold plating
(sealer: nickel)
Screw (all pieces)
SWCH12A/Ni plating
USIM pin
Copper alloy/Gold
plating (sealer: nickel)
Accessories
[ Battery
Voltage
Battery Type
Capacity
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
3.7V
Lithium-ion
780 mAh
Approximately 37.7 x 44.4 x 4.6 mm
(without protruding parts)
[ Desktop Holder
Input Voltage/
Current
Output Voltage/
Current
Charging
Temperature
Dimensions
(W x H x D)
DC 5.4V/700 mA
DC 5.4V/700 mA
5oC to 35oC
Approximately 65.5 x 23 x 124 mm
Specifications
Basic Operations
[ Wallpaper/Standby Window
Standby Window
3 tags (100 characters each)
[ Text Entry
250 entries (5 per reading)
Word: 60 bytes
Reading: 8 hiragana
Acquire Dictionary 5 dictionaries
Paste List
10 text strings
Recoverable
60 KB
Deleted Characters
User Dictionary
[ Phone Book
Entry
Name/Reading
Phone Number
Mail Address
Category
Address
Homepage
Note
Mail Groups
Memory
Templates
PC Mail/S! Mail
Subject
PC Mail/S! Mail
Message
SMS Message
Auto Resend
Attachment
Send Reservation
Speed Dial/
Mail
Signature
Recipient
Folder
Chat Folder
[ Data Folder
Memory
50 MB (shared with Templates
folder and S! Appli Library)
Graphic Mail
3D Pictogram
Calling
Dialed Numbers
Auto Reply
Dialed Numbers: 30 records
Dialed Frequency: 10 records
30 records
Received Calls
Answer Phone/
20 messages or 90 seconds
Caller Voice
Auto Answer List 10 numbers
Received
Msg.
Drafts
Sent
Messages
Unsent
Messages
Anti Spam
Measures
10 MB or
3,000 messages
5 MB (or
1,000 messages for
Sent Messages)
50 MB (shared with
Data Folder and
S! Appli Library)
512 single-byte characters
Approximately
30,000 single-byte characters
160 single-byte alphanumerics
2 times
20 files or 300 KB
10 messages
100 numbers/addresses
256 single-byte characters
20 numbers/addresses
20 folders (20 Auto Sort Keys each)
300 messages per
Memory
folder
10 folders
Folder
(20 members each)
1 sound or Flash® file, or 40 images/
My Pictograms (with 1 sound or
Flash® file)
150 characters
20 numbers/addresses
(256 single-byte characters each)
Individual
20 entries
Permitted List 20 entries
Account
Account Name
User Name
Password
Set
Receiving
ReceivingServer
Port Number
Sender Name
Set Sending
Mail Address
Individual
PC Mail DL
Address
PC Mail
Account
3 accounts
20 characters
128 characters
32 characters
128 characters
1 to 65535
20 characters
128 characters
20 addresses
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser
Download
History
URL Entry Log
Bookmarks/
Saved Pages
Tab
Input Memory
Streaming
History
RSS Feeds
Yahoo! Keitai 300 KB per page
PC Site
1 MB per file
Browser
300 pages
10 URLs
100 pages
3 tabs at one time
20 entries
10 URLs
30 entries (30 KB per entry)
Appendix
Office
1,000 entries
Last/First: 32 characters each
5 numbers (32 digits each)
5 addresses (128 characters each)
16 Categories
Postal Code: 20 characters
Country: 32 characters
Others: 64 characters each
Office Name/Division/Post:
32 characters each
1,024 bytes
256 characters
20 Groups (20 members each)
Group name: 16 characters
[ PC Mail Settings
Messaging
13
Dictionary
Meikyo Mobile Japanese Dictionary:
Approximately 47,100 words/phrases
Preloaded
Genius Mobile EJ Dictionary:
Dictionaries Approximately 45,700 words/phrases
Genius Mobile JE Dictionary:
Approximately 55,800 words/phrases
13-19
Specifications
Camera & Imaging
Zoom
[ Mobile Camera
Effective Pixels
Auto Shut-off Time
2.0 Megapixels
Approximately 3 minutes
[ Photo Camera
Zoom
Appendix
13
[ Video Camera
1x - 20x
2M
1200 x 1600 (UXGA)
1.2M
960 x 1280 (Quad-VGA)
Picture Size
VGA
480 x 640
(W x H dots)
Mail L
240 x 320 (QVGA)
Mail S
120 x 160 (QQVGA)
Scanner
Free, 1200 x 640, 480 x 1488,
Image Size
1280 x 960
(W x H dots)
File Format JPEG
Approximately 3,200 files with
Memory
default settings
File Name
ImageXXX.jpg (XXX: 3 digits)
Shooting
Macro: 10 cm
Distance
Use 40 KB or smaller transparent
Other
PNG files as Frames
1x - 9.4x (SubQCIF)
320 x 240 (QVGA)
Extended 240 x 176 (HQVGA)
Video
176 x 144 (QCIF)
Record Size
(W x H dots)
128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
176 x 144 (QCIF)
For
Message 128 x 96 (SubQCIF)
File Format
3GP
Extended 30 minutes on
Video
Memory Card
Recording
Time per Shot For
295 KB
Message
File Name
videoXXX.3gp (XXX: 3 digits)
Recording
1.5 m in good light
Distance
[ Editing Images
Media Player & S! Applications
[ Media Player
AAC (.mp4/.3gp/.m4a), Secure AAC
Supported (Secure SD-Audio standard)
Formats
(Some files may not play depending
on sampling frequency and bit rate)
Size
W 176 x H 144 dots or smaller
Editing
10 subtitles
Video
Subtitle
(48 single-byte characters each)
[ S! Applications
Memory
100 items or 50 MB (shared with
Templates folder and other folders in
Data Folder)
Handy Extras
[ PIM/Lifestyle Tools
Wallpaper (240 x 320)
Power On/Off (240 x 320)
Resize
Incoming Call (180 x 120)
(W x H dots)
Alarm (240 x 104)
Cut
Picture
52 x 52 dots or larger
Editor
Retouch
JPEG/PNG images
Paste
16 characters
52 x 52 dots or larger
Correction
JPEG/PNG images
JPEG images between
Merge
W 48 x H 64 dots and
Composite Panorama 240 x 320 dots
Split Picture
Calendar*/
Tasks
Alarms
Calculator
Expenses
Memo
300 entries, Subject: 32 characters
Description: 128 characters
Location: 16 characters
Set Holiday: 10 holidays
5 entries, Subject: 9 characters
999,999,999,999
30 entries (999,999.99 yen each)
Remote Lock password:
5 - 16 single-byte alphanumerics
Name: 10 characters
Phone Number: 17 digits
Pretense Call
Calling Timing: 5 options (up to
3 minutes later)
Osaifu-Keitai®
*
Preset holidays are based on Japanese calendar as
of July 2008.
13-20
Specifications
[ Timer/Clock Tools
Stopwatch
Countdown
Timer
World Clock
23 hours 59 minutes 59.9 seconds
in 0.1-second increments
Lap time: 4 records
60 minutes in 1-second
increments
City name: 16 characters
Communication Services
[ S! Loop
S! Loop List
[ Doc./Rec. Tools
My Status
Status
Templates
S! Quick News
e-Books
30 members
Name: 7 characters
Comment: 15 characters
Status Label: 4 characters
Template name: 12 characters
Participant
Speak Time
Member List
11 members
30 seconds each
30 entries (10 members per Group)
Connectivity & File Backup
[ Infrared
Infrared
Transfer
IrMC 1.1
Range
Within 20 cm
[ Memory Card
Backup File
yymmddXX* (XX: 2 digits/alphabets)
Name
*
From PC (Japanese)
http://k-tai.sharp.co.jp/peripherals/sd_support.html
From Handset (Japanese)
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/
[ S! Addressbook Back-up
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/service/advanced/sab/
[ SVG-T
[ S! Circle Talk
[ Entertainment
Special: 1 item
News Flash: 1 item
General: 4 items
Copy text strings of up to
20 characters
[ microSD= Memory Card Compatibility
From Handset (Japanese)
http://shweb.sharp.co.jp/svgt/index_pdc.html
[ Association for Promotion of Digital
Broadcasting
From PC
http://www.dpa.or.jp/english/
From Handset (Japanese)
http://www.dpa.or.jp/1seg/k/
Appendix
PDF (.pdf)
Microsoft® Excel® (.xls)
Supported
Microsoft® Word (.doc)
Document
Formats
Microsoft® PowerPoint®
Viewer
(.ppt)
File Size
10 MB
Notepad
500 entries (8,192 characters each)
For
Approximately
Message 3 minutes per file
Voice
Recorder
Extended 99 hours 59 minutes
Voice
59 seconds
Scan Barcode UPC/JAN 50 codes
(Continuous
QR Code 16 codes
Mode)
Create QR
Equivalent of 513 digits,
Code
311 alphanumerics or 131 kanji
Scan Text
256 characters
http://mb.softbank.jp/mb/en/
5 items
[ S! Friend's Status
Member
Reference URLs
[ SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
13
yymmdd for Contents Keys.
[ S! Addressbook Back-up
Log
10 Backup/Restore/
Synchronization records
Network Settings
Add Network
5 Networks
Country/Network code: 3 digits
Name: 25 single-byte characters
13-21
Specifications
Memory Card Structure & Contents
Memory Card Structure
DCIM
PRIVATE
MYFOLDER
Still images in DCIM
Local Contents
SD Local Contents
Mail
Messaging folder backups (Received Msg., Sent Messages and Drafts)
My Items
Appendix
13
SHARP
SD_AUDIO
13-22
Contents (Location when Viewed on Handset)
XXXSHARP
Book
e-Book files in Data Folder (Books)
Bookmarks
Yahoo! Keitai Bookmarks
Character
PNG files in Data Folder (Character)
Custom Screens
Customized Screen files in Data Folder (Customized Screen)
Flash(R)
Flash® Wallpaper files in Data Folder (Flash®)
Flash(R) Ringtones
Flash® ringtones in Data Folder (Flash® Ringtones)
Games and More
S! Applications
Hot Status Template
Template files in Data Folder (Status Templates)
Message Templates
Graphic Mail templates in Templates folder
Music
Music files in Data Folder (Music)
Other Documents
Other files in Data Folder (Other Documents)
Pictograms
GIF files in Data Folder (My Pictograms)
Pictures
Still images in Data Folder (Pictures)
Sounds & Ringtones
Melodies and other sound files in Data Folder (Ring Songs·Tones)
Videos
Video files in Data Folder (Videos)
Virtual Space
S! Town files
SH_Folder
Application management files
Utility
Backup files (Phone Book), etc.
MOBILE
Backup files (User Dictionary), etc.
SD-Audio files for Media Player (SD AUDIO)
Menu List
Menu List
[ Settings: General Settings
Messaging
Refer to
P.4-14
P.4-4
P.4-12
P.4-22
P.4-9
P.4-14
P.4-23
P.4-17
P.4-12
P.4-7
P.4-3
P.12-8
P.12-9
P.4-20
P.12-9
P.4-8
P.4-18
-
[ Settings: PC Mail Settings
Refer to
P.12-8
P.4-13
P.4-13
P.4-2
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.4-16
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
P.12-8
[ Settings: S! Mail Settings
Function
Message DL(Japan)
Message DL(Abroad)
Signature Settings
Picture Appearance
Pictures
Auto Play
File
Sounds
Send File Settings
Function
PC Mail Account
PC Mail DL
Check New Mail
Word wrap
Refer to
P.4-20
P.12-9
P.12-9
P.12-9
[ Settings: SMS Settings
Function
Expiry Time
Message Center
Char-code
Refer to
P.12-9
-
Yahoo! Keitai
Function
Yahoo! Keitai
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
PC Site Browser
Browser Settings
Refer to
P.5-3
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-3
P.5-3
P.5-4
P.12-10
Appendix
Function
Received Msg.
Create Message
Retrieve New Msg.
Drafts
Templates
Sent Messages
Unsent Messages
Chat Folder
Mail List
Retrieve All Mails
Server Mail
Box
Delete All Mails
Mailbox Volume
Create New SMS
Address Settings
General Settings
S! Mail Settings
Settings
PC Mail Settings
SMS Settings
Speed Dial/Mail
Set Mail Group
Memory Status
Function
Delivery Report
Reply to Settings
Auto Reply
Send/
Compose
Set Quick Reply
Auto Resend
Sending Status
Message Notice
Link to Feeling
Receive
3D Pictogram
Animation View
Anti Spam Measures
Report Spam
Scroll Unit
Message List View
Address View
Received Msg. View
Sent Msg. View
Received Msg.
Auto Delete
Sent Messages
13
Refer to
P.12-9
P.12-9
P.4-8
P.12-9
P.12-9
P.12-9
-
13-23
Menu List
[ PC Site Browser
Function
Homepage
Bookmarks
Saved Pages
Enter URL
History
RSS Feed
Yahoo! Keitai
PC Site
Browser
Settings
Appendix
13
13-24
Font Size
Scroll Settings
Cursor Settings
Downloads
Memory Operation
Security Settings
Download to
Initialized Browser
Reset Settings
Warning Message
Zoom Factor
Zoom Area
S! Appli
Refer to
P.5-4
P.5-7
P.5-7
P.5-4
P.5-4
P.5-8
P.5-3
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.5-9
P.5-9
[ Browser Settings
Function
Font Size
Scroll Unit
Cursor Settings
Downloads
Memory Operation
Security Settings
Download to
Initialized Browser
Reset Settings
Refer to
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
P.12-10
Camera
Function
S! Appli Library
Osaifu-Keitai
Demand History
Settings
Information
Refer to
P.7-11
P.8-11
P.7-11
P.12-12
-
[ Settings
Function
Application Volume
Backlight
Vibration
Synchronization
Communication
Calls & Alarms
Switch On/Off
Screensaver Activation Time
Stop Auto Start
Set to Default
Memory All Clear
Refer to
P.12-12
P.12-12
P.7-12
P.12-12
P.12-12
P.12-12
Dictionary
Function
Dictionary
Refer to
P.2-13
[ Photo Camera
Function
Exposure
Focus Setting
Add Frame
Continuous Shoot
Modes
Camera Effects
Panorama/Scanner
Barcode/Scan
Data Folder
Picture Size
Scene
Picture Quality
Self-timer
Display Indicators
Shutter Sound
Settings
Save Pictures to
Auto Save
Panorama Settings
Help
Shooting
Settings
Refer to
P.6-4
P.6-12
P.6-6
P.6-6
P.6-7
P.6-7
P.8-22
P.6-4
P.6-12
P.6-12
P.12-11
P.6-6
P.12-11
P.12-11
P.12-11
P.6-4
Menu List
[ Video Camera
Record
Settings
Function
Exposure
Focus Setting
Display Size
Data Folder
Record Time/Size
Microphone
Video Quality
Self-timer
Save Videos to
Settings
Auto Save
Help
Entertainment
Refer to
P.8-26
P.8-27
P.8-27
P.8-27
P.8-38
P.8-27
P.8-28
P.8-28
Function
S! Quick News List
S! Loop List
Automatic Update
Show Image
Check Schedule
Settings
Change Skin
Delete S! Quick News
Lists
Refer to
P.8-26
P.8-37
P.8-37
P.8-37
P.8-37
-
[ S! Information Channel/Weather:
Weather Indicator
Function
Weather
Manual Update
Standby Setting
Settings
Weather Notif.
Icon Update
Refer to
P.8-38
P.8-27
P.12-13
P.12-13
Tools
[ PIM/LifestyleTools
Function
Calendar
Alarms
Tasks
Calculator
Expenses Memo
Osaifu-Keitai
Pretense Call
Refer to
P.8-3
P.8-7
P.8-5
P.8-9
P.8-10
P.8-11
P.8-14
Function
Lifestyle-Appli
IC Card Status
IC Card Lock
Remote Lock
IC Card
Settings
Interface Settings
Balance Info
Set to Default
Refer to
P.8-11
P.8-12
P.8-12
P.8-31
P.12-13
[ Timer/Clock Tools
Function
Stopwatch
Countdown Timer
World Clock
Hour Minder
Refer to
P.8-15
P.8-16
P.8-17
P.8-18
[ Doc./Rec. Tools
Function
Search
Document Viewer
Notepad
Record Time
Voice
Ring Songs·Tones
Recorder
Save Recording to
Scan Barcode
Open Barcode
Create QR Code
Barcode/
Scan
Scan Card
Scan Text
Scanned Results
Phone Help
Refer to
P.2-14
P.8-19
P.8-20
P.8-34
P.8-21
P.8-34
P.8-22
P.8-35
P.8-23
P.8-24
P.8-25
P.8-35
P.8-2
Appendix
Function
S! Quick News
What's New
Back Issue
S! Information Registration/Cancel
Channel/
Get Latest Contents
Weather
Notification
Weather Indicator
BookSurfing
e-Book Viewer
[ PIM/LifestyleTools: Osaifu-Keitai
[ S! Quick News
Refer to
P.6-4
P.6-12
P.12-11
P.6-5
P.6-12
P.12-11
P.12-11
P.6-6
P.12-11
P.12-11
P.6-4
13
13-25
Menu List
[ Videos
Data Folder
Function
Pictures
DCIM
Ring Songs·Tones
S! Appli
Music
Videos
Lifestyle-Appli
Books
Customized Screen
Status Templates
Flash®
Other Documents
Memory Status
Refer to
P.2-18
P.2-18
P.8-21
P.7-11
P.2-18
P.2-18
P.8-11
P.2-18
P.2-5
P.2-18
P.2-18
P.2-18
P.2-18
Media Player
Appendix
13
Function
Music
Videos
Streaming
[ Music
Function
Last Played Music
My Music
SD AUDIO
Download Music
Music Search
Sound Effects
Settings
Playback Mode
13-26
Refer to
P.7-4
P.7-6
P.5-10
Refer to
P.7-13
P.7-8
P.7-4
P.7-3
P.7-3
P.7-13
P.7-13
Function
Last Played Video
My Videos
SD VIDEO
Download Videos
Playback Mode
Backlight
Settings
Display Size
Sound Effects
Web Link Setting
Phone
Refer to
P.7-13
P.7-6
P.7-6
P.7-3
P.7-13
P.12-12
P.7-6
P.7-13
P.12-12
Communication
Function
S! Town
S! Loop
S! Friend's Status
S! Circle Talk
Refer to
P.9-2
P.9-2
P.9-3
P.9-7
Function
Phone Book
Add New Entry
Information
Call Log
Play Messages
Call Voicemail
Category Control
My Details
Speed Dial/Mail
Mail Groups
S! Addressbook Backup
Sort Entries
Select Phone Book
Ph.Book
Settings
Save New Entry
New Number Prompt
Copy All
Manage
Memory Status
Entries
Delete All
Refer to
P.2-17
P.2-15
P.1-17
P.3-6
P.3-3
P.3-9
P.2-16
P.1-14
P.3-5
P.4-18
P.11-10
P.2-17
P.12-6
P.12-6
P.12-6
P.2-15
P.2-26
Menu List
Settings
[ Phone Settings
Refer to
P.12-2
P.12-3
P.2-23
P.2-6
P.12-2
P.12-4
P.12-3
P.2-12
P.12-5
P.3-10
P.1-11
P.10-2
P.13-5
P.12-16
P.12-16
[ Phone Settings: Sounds & Alerts
Function
Volume
Ringtone/videos
System Sounds
Vibration
Event Light
Status Light
Any Key Answer
Refer to
P.12-5
P.2-6
P.12-5
P.2-6
P.12-5
P.12-5
P.12-5
[ Phone Settings: Date & Time
[ Phone Settings: Display
Function
Wallpaper
System Graphics
Display Effects
Font Settings
Clock/Calendar
Standby Window
Standby
Display
Show Indicators
Show Operator Name
Greeting Message
Backlight
Display Saving
Dial Number
Refer to
P.12-4
P.12-4
P.12-4
P.12-3
P.12-3
-
Refer to
P.2-4
P.12-3
P.12-3
P.2-2
P.12-4
P.2-3
P.12-4
-
Function
Set Date/Time
Time Correction
Daylight Saving
Set Time Zone
Clock/Calendar
World Clock
Alarms
Set Holiday
Time Format
Date Format
Calendar Format
Refer to
P.12-2
P.12-2
P.12-2
P.12-2
P.12-4
P.8-17
P.8-7
P.12-2
P.12-2
P.12-2
[ Phone Settings: Locks
Function
PIN Entry
Change PIN2
Function Lock
IP Service Setting
Application Lock
History Lock
Show Secret Data
Set Lock Message
Chg. Handset Code
Refer to
P.10-2
P.10-4
P.10-2
P.12-15
P.10-3
P.10-3
P.10-3
P.10-4
P.1-16
[ Connectivity
Function
Switch On/Off
Send All
Mass Storage
USB Charge
Memory Card
Backup All Items
Backup Selected Items
Backup
Restore All Items
Restore Selected Items
Settings/Manage
Infrared
Refer to
P.11-3
P.11-3
P.11-5
P.12-15
P.2-22
P.11-11
P.11-7
P.11-11
P.11-7
P.11-11
Appendix
Function
Mode Settings
Display
Customize
Sounds & Alerts
Date & Time
Set Key Light
言語選択 (Language)
User Dictionary
Ringer Output
Earpiece Volume
Change Menu
Locks
Software Update
Reset Settings
Master
Reset
Reset All
External
Display
Function
Duration
Messages
Display Date&Time
Clock Type
Caller Display
13
13-27
Menu List
[ Connectivity: Memory Card
Function
Number of Copies
Settings
DPOF
Check Settings
Reset Settings
SD Local Contents
Format Card
Memory Status
Refer to
P.6-11
P.6-13
P.6-11
P.2-22
P.2-18
[ Call/Video Call
Appendix
13
13-28
Function
Call Timers
Call Time &
Data Counter
Cost
Call Costs
Switch On/Off
Answer Time
Answer
Phone
Outgoing Message
Volume
Voicemail
Diverts
Voicemail/
Divert
Cancel All
Status
Camera Picture
Incoming Picture
Outgoing Picture
Hold Guidance Pict
Video Call
Backlight
Loudspeaker
Mute Microphone
Remote Monitor
Show My Number
) Missed Calls
Int'l Calling
Refer to
P.3-7
P.12-7
P.3-7
P.3-3
P.3-8
P.3-8
P.3-9
P.3-12
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.3-10
P.3-13
P.3-9
-
Function
Display Call Cost
Call Time Counter
Outgoing Calls
Incoming Calls
Call Barring
Rejected Numbers
Change NW Password
Minute Minder
Auto Answer
Call Waiting
Disp. Time/
Cost
Refer to
P.12-7
P.12-7
P.3-13
P.3-13
P.12-7
P.3-12
[ Network Settings
Function
Select Network
Select Service
Offline Mode
Retrieve NW Info
URL Setting
Location Info Datum On/Off
Location Property
Network Info
External Device
Refer to
P.1-15
P.12-15
P.12-15
P.12-15
-
Index
Index
Number
3D Pictogram .................................. 4-10, 12-8
A
B
Backlight....................................................12-3
Backup.......................................................11-6
Settings/Manage ...................................11-11
Battery ............................................... 1-4, 13-4
Battery Cover ..............................................1-2
Bookmarks ..................................................5-7
Deleting titles ..........................................5-11
Editing titles.............................................5-11
BookSurfing® ............................................8-28
C
Calculator ....................................................8-9
Change NW Password ............................. 3-13
Change PIN............................................... 10-4
Change PIN2............................................. 10-4
Character Code List............................... 13-12
Charging ..................................................... 1-4
Charging Terminals ................................... 1-2
Chat Folder............................................... 4-17
Delete Folder.......................................... 4-24
Deleting All Messages............................ 4-24
Reset...................................................... 4-24
Clock/Calendar......................................... 12-4
Communication Services........................ 10-1
Composite .................................................. 6-8
Countdown Timer .................................... 8-16
Crop............................................................. 7-9
Customer Service .................................. 13-38
Customized Screen (Japanese)................ 2-5
Web Access ........................................... 2-23
D
Data Folder ............................................... 2-18
Change List View ................................... 2-19
Files (attaching)............................... 2-19, 4-5
Files (moving/copying) ........................... 2-20
Files (opening) ....................................... 2-19
Files (renaming) ..................................... 2-27
Files (sorting) ......................................... 2-27
Files (using)............................................ 2-27
Files/folders (deleting) ............................ 2-27
Folders (adding) ..................................... 2-20
Folders (renaming) ................................. 2-20
Selecting Multiple Files .......................... 2-20
Set Secret (folders) ................................ 2-20
Slide Show ............................................. 2-19
Unset Secret (folders) ............................ 2-27
Date & Time .............................................. 12-2
Calendar Format .................................... 12-2
Date Format ........................................... 12-2
Appendix
AC Charger..................................................1-5
Accessories ................................................... v
After-Sales Services ...............................13-37
Alarms .........................................................8-7
Canceling ..................................................8-8
Deleting.....................................................8-8
Editing entries .........................................8-30
For Manner Mode..................................12-13
Link to World Clk ...................................12-13
Animation View .........................................4-10
Answer Phone................................... 3-3, 3-10
Anti Spam Measures ...................... 4-16, 4-24
Any Key Answer .......................................12-5
Application Lock.......................................10-3
Auto Focus ..................................................6-2
Auto Reply.................................................4-13
Auto Resend...................................... 4-2, 12-8
Auto Retry ...................................................4-2
Copying Calculation Results ...................8-30
Exchange Rate........................................8-30
Money Converter.....................................8-30
Calendar ......................................................8-3
Calendar Settings....................................8-29
Deleting Schedules ...................................8-4
Editing Schedules ...................................8-29
Opening Schedules...................................8-4
Saving Schedules .....................................8-3
Call Barring .................................................3-8
Black List.................................................3-13
Payphone ................................................3-13
Unavailable..............................................3-13
Unknown .................................................3-13
Withheld ..................................................3-13
Call Forwarding...........................................3-8
Call Log........................................................3-6
Deleting records ......................................3-11
Call Time & Cost .........................................3-7
Data Counter...........................................12-7
Resetting .................................................3-12
Call Time Counter .....................................12-7
Call Waiting ....................................... 3-8, 3-12
Call Waiting (answering Line 2)...............3-12
Caller ID ............................................. 3-8, 3-13
Calling..........................................................3-1
Camera.........................................................6-2
Auto Save..............................................12-11
Capturing Still Images ...............................6-4
Macro ......................................................6-12
Manual Focus..........................................6-12
Picture Quality.......................................12-11
Recording Video........................................6-5
Save Pictures to ....................................12-11
Save Videos to ......................................12-11
Self-timer...................................................6-6
Video Quality.........................................12-11
Center Access Code.................................1-16
13
13-29
Index
Expenses Memo ....................................... 8-10
Changing Amount................................... 8-31
Changing Category of Saved Entry ........ 8-31
External Camera......................................... 1-2
External Device Port .................................. 1-2
External Display ................................ 1-9, 12-4
Appendix
Time Format ........................................... 12-2
Daylight Saving ............................... 8-17, 12-2
Delivery Report ................................. 4-9, 12-8
Desktop Holder .......................................v, 1-4
Dialing from Call Log Records................ 3-11
Dictionary ................................................. 2-13
Add Dictionary ........................................ 2-13
Copy Index Word .................................... 2-24
History .................................................... 2-24
Keyword Search ..................................... 2-13
Display ................................................. 1-2, 1-7
Display (settings) ..................................... 12-3
Backlight ................................................. 12-3
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 12-4
Display Saving........................................ 12-3
Show Indicators ...................................... 12-4
System Graphics .................................... 12-3
Display Call Cost...................................... 12-7
Display Effects ......................................... 12-3
Display Saving.......................................... 12-3
Document Viewer ..................................... 8-19
Download Dictionary ............................... 2-12
DPOF ......................................................... 6-11
Add Date ................................................ 6-13
Check Settings ....................................... 6-11
For All Pictures ....................................... 6-11
Index Print .............................................. 6-13
13
E
Handset Closed .......................................... 1-2
Handset Code ........................................... 1-16
Handset Keys ............................................. 1-3
Handset mail address ................................ 4-3
Handset Menus......................................... 1-10
Handset Open............................................. 1-2
Handset Parts ............................................. 1-2
Handset Positions ...................................... 1-2
Handset Power On/Off ............................... 1-6
Handset Responses................................... 2-6
Duration (ring time)................................... 2-6
Ringtones ................................................. 2-6
Vibration ................................................... 2-6
Earpiece ...................................................... 1-2
Earpiece Volume ...................................... 3-10
e-Book Library.......................................... 8-38
e-Book Viewer .......................................... 8-28
e-Books (Japanese) ................................. 8-28
Copying Text ........................................... 8-38
Downloading........................................... 8-28
Reading ......................................... 8-28, 8-38
Emergency Calls ...................................... 3-14
English ...................................................... 12-3
Event Light ............................................... 12-5
13-30
F
Face Arrange .............................................. 6-9
Feeling Mail (creating) ............................... 4-5
Feeling Mail (receiving) ........................... 4-10
Focus Lock ............................................... 6-12
Focus Setting ........................................... 6-12
Font Size ..................................................... 2-2
Format Card.............................................. 2-22
Function Lock........................................... 10-2
G
General Notes............................................... xi
Graphic Mail................................................ 4-6
Creating from templates ........................... 4-9
Font Color/Size & Effect ........................... 4-9
Group Calling .................................... 3-8, 3-12
Group Calling (opening another line)..... 3-12
Guide Usage Notes ....................................... ii
H
Handy Extras .............................................. 8-1
Headphone Port.......................................... 1-2
Headphones (answering calls)................ 3-10
History Lock ............................................. 10-3
Hold ........................................................... 3-10
Hour Minder .............................................. 8-18
Assign Tone/Video .................................. 8-33
For Manner Mode ................................. 12-13
Link to World Clk................................... 12-13
Vibration ................................................. 8-33
I
IC Card....................................................... 8-12
IC Card Lock........................................... 8-12
Remote Lock........................................... 8-12
Indicators .................................................... 1-7
Camera (Viewfinder)................................. 6-3
Display ...................................................... 1-7
External Display........................................ 1-9
Messaging (message list)....................... 4-11
Music Playback Window ........................... 7-4
Video Playback Window ........................... 7-6
Information Window................................... 1-7
Infrared ...................................................... 11-2
Receiving files ........................................ 11-3
Sending files ..................................11-3, 11-4
Infrared Port................................................ 1-2
Internal Antenna ......................................... 1-2
International calls....................................... 3-2
International calls (placing)....................... 3-2
Internet ........................................................ 5-2
Accessing ..........................................5-3, 5-4
Basic Operations ...................................... 5-5
Browser Settings .................................. 12-10
Deleting History ........................................ 5-9
Handling Information ................................ 5-9
Saving pages/Bookmarks......................... 5-7
Switch Browser ......................................... 5-9
URL Entry Log .......................................... 5-9
Int'l Call ....................................................... 3-3
Index
IP Service Setting ...................................12-15
K
Keypad Lock .............................................1-13
L
Language...................................................12-3
Large Font Menu.........................................2-2
Link to Feeling ..........................................12-8
Link to World Clk ....................................12-13
Location Info ...........................................12-15
Datum On/Off........................................12-15
Location Property..................................12-15
Locks ............................................... 1-16, 10-2
Loudspeaker ................................. 12-7, 12-14
M
Save to Data Folder ............................... 4-12
Save to Phone Book............................... 4-13
Scroll Unit............................................... 12-8
Using Linked Info.................................... 4-12
View Mail Address.................................. 4-22
Messages (sorting) .................................. 4-16
Anti Spam Measures..................... 4-16, 4-24
Classify................................................... 4-23
Move to Folder ....................................... 4-24
Messaging (> SMS, S! Mail, PC Mail)...... 4-2
Color Label............................................. 4-22
Folders (adding) ..................................... 4-23
Folders (deleting) ................................... 4-23
Folders (renaming) ................................. 4-23
General Settings .................................... 12-8
Search........................................... 4-15, 4-23
Selecting Multiple Messages.................. 4-22
Set Secret .............................................. 4-15
Sort ........................................................ 4-22
Unset Secret .......................................... 4-23
Window Description ............................... 4-11
Microphone................................................. 1-2
Minute Minder .......................................... 12-7
Missed Call Notification ............................ 3-9
Mode Settings .......................................... 12-2
Multi Job ................................................... 1-12
Music (deleting) ......................................... 7-5
Music (downloading) ................................. 7-3
Music (playing)........................................... 7-4
Last Played Music .................................. 7-13
Playback Mode....................................... 7-13
Sound Effects ......................................... 7-13
My Details ................................................. 1-14
Sending via Infrared ............................... 11-4
Appendix
Mail Groups ...............................................4-18
Changing members.................................4-24
Deleting...................................................4-24
Edit Name ...............................................4-24
Main Menu .................................................1-10
Manner mode ............................................1-15
Mass Storage ............................................11-5
Master Reset ...........................................12-16
Format Card............................................2-22
Reset All................................................12-16
Reset Settings.......................................12-16
Media Player................................................7-2
Backlight ...............................................12-12
Playlists ........................................... 7-8, 7-14
Web Link Setting ...................................12-12
Memory All Clear (S! Applications).......12-12
Memory Card.............................................2-21
Format Card............................................2-22
Opening files ...........................................2-22
Memory Card Structure & Contents......13-22
Menu List .................................................13-23
Camera .................................................13-24
Communication .....................................13-26
Data Folder ...........................................13-26
Dictionary ..............................................13-24
Entertainment........................................13-25
Media Player .........................................13-26
Messaging.............................................13-23
Phone....................................................13-26
S! Appli..................................................13-24
Settings .................................................13-27
Tools......................................................13-25
Yahoo! Keitai .........................................13-23
Menu Operations ......................................1-10
Message List View ....................................12-8
Message Notice.........................................12-8
Messages (creating/sending) ... 4-4, 4-7, 4-21
Date & Time ..............................................4-8
Drafts.......................................................4-22
Edit & Send .............................................4-23
Editing/resending ....................................4-23
Messaging Settings...................................4-9
Preview Message ......................................4-4
Recipients (adding) ...................................4-8
Recipients (selecting/entering)..................4-8
Save to Drafts............................................4-8
Set Auto Play File......................................4-9
Set Sent Cancel ........................................4-8
Signature Settings.....................................4-8
Speed Dial/Mail .........................................4-8
Templates..................................................4-9
Within the Network ....................................4-8
Messages (deleting) ....................... 4-21, 4-22
Auto Delete .............................................12-8
Messages (forwarding).............................4-22
Messages (protecting)..............................4-14
Messages (receiving/checking) ...............4-10
3D Pictogram ..........................................4-10
Copying Text............................................4-13
Mail List ...................................................4-12
Opening New Mail Out of Standby ..........4-12
Retrieving New PC Mail ..........................4-21
Retrieving New S! Mail Manually.............4-12
13
N
Network Password ................................... 1-16
Notepad .................................................... 8-20
Edit Text/Change Category .................... 8-34
13-31
Index
O
Offline Mode ............................................. 1-15
Optional Services....................................... 3-8
Optional Services (checking status) ...... 3-12
Osaifu-Keitai® ........................................... 8-11
Balance Info............................................ 8-31
Checking e-money balance .................... 8-31
IC Card Settings ..................................... 8-12
Locking ................................................... 8-12
Set to Default........................................ 12-13
P
Appendix
13
13-32
Pager Code List...................................... 13-11
PC (connecting handset)......................... 11-5
PC Mail ............................................... 4-2, 4-19
PC Mail (sending) ..................................... 4-21
PC Mail Settings ....................................... 4-20
PC Site Browser ......................................... 5-4
Jumping to Specific Locations .................. 5-9
Switching View ......................................... 5-9
Warning Message................................. 12-10
Zoom Factor ............................................. 5-9
Zooming Specific Areas ........................... 5-9
Phone Book .............................................. 2-15
Category Control .................................... 2-16
Create Message ..................................... 2-26
Deleting entries ...................................... 2-26
Editing entries......................................... 2-26
New Number Prompt .............................. 12-6
Opening from Other Functions ............... 2-17
Personal Ringtone .................................. 2-16
Picture .................................................... 2-25
Save New Entry...................................... 12-6
Saving Other Information........................ 2-25
Secret ..................................................... 2-16
Select Phone Book ................................. 12-6
Vibration Pattern..................................... 2-25
Phone Book search.................................. 2-17
Phone Help ................................................. 8-2
Picture Editor.............................................. 6-8
PIN ............................................................. 13-2
PIN2 ........................................................... 13-2
PIN Entry ................................................... 10-2
PIN Lock.................................................... 13-2
Playlists.............................................. 7-8, 7-14
Pretense Call ............................................ 8-14
Q
QR Code.................................................... 8-23
Quick Operations ..................................... 1-10
Quick Reply .............................................. 4-13
R
Received Msg. View ................................. 12-8
Record Caller Voice.................................. 3-11
Reference URLs ..................................... 13-21
Reject (calls) ............................................. 3-10
Remote Lock (Osaifu-Keitai®) ................. 8-12
Call Remote Lock ................................... 8-13
Count for Lock ........................................ 8-31
Mail Remote Lock................................... 8-12
Notice Settings ....................................... 8-31
Remote Monitor........................................ 3-10
Reply ................................................ 4-11, 4-21
Auto Reply .............................................. 4-13
Quick Reply ............................................ 4-13
Quoting Original Message Text .............. 4-13
Reset (> Master Reset)......................... 12-16
Reset All.................................................. 12-16
Reset Settings ........................................ 12-16
Retrieve NW Info ............................. 1-6, 12-15
RSS Feeds .................................................. 5-8
S
S! Addressbook Back-up ........................ 11-8
Confirming User ID & Password ........... 11-11
Set Auto Sync....................................... 11-11
Sync History ......................................... 11-11
S! Applications ......................................... 7-11
Activation Time (Screensaver).............. 12-12
Application Volume ............................... 12-12
Calls & Alarms ...................................... 12-12
Deleting .................................................. 7-12
Downloading ........................................... 7-12
Screensaver............................................ 7-12
S! Circle Talk ............................................... 9-7
Accepting requests ................................... 9-8
Editing Member List.................................. 9-9
Initiating .................................................... 9-8
IP Service Setting ................................. 12-15
Loudspeaker ......................................... 12-14
Registering Members ............................... 9-7
S! Friend's Status....................................... 9-3
Editing member list ................................... 9-6
IP Service Setting ................................. 12-15
Opening Member Status........................... 9-5
Registering Members ............................... 9-5
Request Reply ...................................... 12-14
Status Notif. List........................................ 9-6
Status Update........................................... 9-6
S! Familiar Usability ................................... 2-5
S! FeliCa (> Osaifu-Keitai®).................... 8-11
S! Information Channel (Japanese) ........ 8-27
Get Latest Contents................................ 8-38
S! Information Channel page Options .... 8-38
Weather Indicator ................................... 8-27
S! Loop (Japanese) .................................... 9-2
S! Mail.......................................................... 4-2
Attaching Files .......................................... 4-5
Auto Play File.......................................... 12-9
Feeling Mail .......................................4-2, 4-5
Graphic Mail ......................................4-2, 4-6
Message DL ........................................... 12-9
Picture Appearance ................................ 12-9
S! Mail (sending) ........................................ 4-4
S! Quick News (Japanese)....................... 8-26
Automatic Update ................................... 8-37
Deleting items......................................... 8-37
S! Loop List............................................. 8-37
Index
Speaker........................................................1-2
Speed Dial/Mail ................................... 3-5, 4-8
Specifications .........................................13-18
Specifications (by function)...................13-19
Basic Operations...................................13-19
Calling ...................................................13-19
Camera & Imaging ................................13-20
Communication Services ......................13-21
Connectivity & File Backup ...................13-21
Dictionary ..............................................13-19
Handy Extras.........................................13-20
Media Player & S! Applications .............13-20
Messaging.............................................13-19
Network Settings ...................................13-21
Yahoo! Keitai & PC Site Browser...........13-19
Standby........................................................1-6
Standby Window (Japanese) .....................2-3
Calendar/Tag Panel...................................2-3
Display Panel ............................................2-3
Display Window.......................................2-23
Member Panel ...........................................2-3
News Panel ...............................................2-3
Shortcut Panel...........................................2-3
Using Tags ................................................2-4
Status Light ...............................................12-5
Status Templates ......................................2-18
Still images (capturing) ..............................6-4
Add Frame.................................................6-6
Camera Effects .........................................6-7
Continuous Shoot......................................6-6
Panorama Picture......................................6-7
Picture Size .............................................6-12
Scanner.....................................................6-7
Scene ......................................................6-12
Shutter Sound .......................................12-11
Still images (capturing & sending).... 6-4, 6-7
Still images (editing)...................................6-8
Additional editing options ........................6-13
Changing sizes..........................................6-9
Face Arrange.............................................6-9
Merge Panorama.................................... 6-10
Stopwatch................................................. 8-15
Strap Eyelet ................................................ 1-2
Streaming .......................................... 5-3, 5-10
Swap Calls................................................ 3-12
System Graphics ..................................... 12-3
System Sounds........................................ 12-5
T
Table of Contents..........................................iii
Tasks ........................................................... 8-5
Deleting Tasks .......................................... 8-6
Editing Tasks .......................................... 8-29
Opening Tasks ......................................... 8-6
Text (editing)............................................. 2-11
Text Entry ................................................... 2-7
Emoticons ................................................ 2-9
Hiragana................................................... 2-8
Hiragana to Katakana/Alphanumeric
Conversion ............................................. 2-10
Input/Conversion .................................... 12-6
Inserting Line Breaks ............................. 2-24
Inserting Phone Book Entry Items ......... 2-24
Inserting Spaces .................................... 2-24
Katakana .................................................. 2-9
Mail & Web Extensions .......................... 2-10
One-Hiragana Conversion........................ 2-9
Phonetic Conversion ................................ 2-8
Quick Conversion ................................... 2-10
Reset Log............................................... 2-24
Symbols & Pictograms ............................. 2-9
Switching Entry Modes............................. 2-7
Undo Conversion or Recover Deleted
Characters.............................................. 2-24
Using Character Codes .......................... 2-24
Using Pager Code .................................. 2-24
When Target Word is Not Listed............... 2-8
Time Correction ....................................... 12-2
Troubleshooting....................................... 13-6
Appendix
S! Town (Japanese) ....................................9-2
Safety Precautions .......................................vi
SAR ............................................................... xv
Saved Pages................................................5-7
Deleting pages ........................................5-11
Editing titles.............................................5-11
Scan Barcode............................................8-22
Open Barcode.........................................8-35
Scanning during Text Entry .....................8-35
Using scan results...................................8-35
Scan Card ..................................................8-24
Using scan results...................................8-36
Scan Text ...................................................8-25
Scanning during Text Entry .....................8-35
Using scan results...................................8-35
Schedules (> Calendar) ............................8-3
Search........................................................2-14
Security Codes .........................................1-16
Sent Msg. View .........................................12-8
Set as Wallpaper .......................................2-27
Set Date/Time ............................................12-2
Set Key Light.............................................12-4
Set Sent Cancel ..........................................4-8
Set Time Zone ................................. 8-17, 12-2
Set to Default (S! Applications) .............12-12
Shortcuts...................................................1-10
Customizing ............................................1-17
Show My Number......................................3-13
Show Secret Data .....................................10-3
Side Keys.....................................................1-3
Signature Settings ......................................4-8
Simple Menu .............................................1-11
Small Light ..................................................1-2
SMS..............................................................4-2
Expiry Time .............................................12-9
SMS (sending).............................................4-7
Snooze................................................. 8-7, 8-8
Softkeys.......................................................1-7
Software Update .......................................13-5
Sounds & Alerts................................ 2-6, 12-5
13
13-33
Index
U
USB Charge ..................................... 1-5, 12-15
User Dictionary ........................................ 2-12
Deleting entries ...................................... 2-24
USIM Card ................................................. 13-2
USIM PINs (> PIN) ................................... 13-2
Utility Software ......................................v, 11-5
V
Appendix
13
13-34
Vibration ..................................................... 2-6
Video (deleting) .......................................... 7-7
Video (downloading).................................. 7-3
Video (editing) ............................................ 7-9
Video (playing) ........................................... 7-6
Display Size.............................................. 7-6
Last Played Video................................... 7-13
Playback Mode ....................................... 7-13
Sound Effects ......................................... 7-13
Video (recording) ....................................... 6-5
Display Size.......................................... 12-11
Microphone........................................... 12-11
Record Time/Size ................................... 6-12
Video (recording & sending) ..................... 6-5
Video Calling .............................................. 3-4
Incoming Picture..................................... 12-7
Loudspeaker........................................... 12-7
Outgoing Picture..................................... 12-7
Remote Monitor ...................................... 3-10
Video Calls (answering)............................. 3-4
Video Calls (placing).................................. 3-4
Video subtitles ......................................... 7-10
Deleting .................................................. 7-10
Editing Text ............................................. 7-10
Voice Calling............................................... 3-2
Voice Calls (answering) ............................. 3-2
Voice Calls (placing) .................................. 3-2
Voice Calls (placing while abroad) ........... 3-3
Voice Recorder ......................................... 8-21
Record Time ........................................... 8-34
Save and Send ....................................... 8-34
Save Recording to .................................. 8-34
Voicemail..................................................... 3-8
Volume (ringtones)................................... 12-5
W
Wallpaper .................................................... 2-4
Slide W paper ........................................... 2-4
Warranty.................................................. 13-37
Weather Indicator ..................................... 8-27
Icon Update .......................................... 12-13
Manual Update ....................................... 8-27
Standby Setting .................................... 12-13
Weather .................................................. 8-38
World Clock .............................................. 8-17
Adding Custom Time Zone..................... 8-33
Opening World Clock in Standby............ 8-17
Y
Yahoo! Keitai............................................... 5-3
Objectives
Accessing Secret Files/Entries
Data Folder ............................................. 2-20
Messaging folders .................................. 4-15
Phone Book ............................................ 2-16
Schedules/tasks ....................................... 8-4
Accessing the Internet
From message text ................................. 4-12
From scan results ................................... 8-35
Media Player............................................. 7-3
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
RSS Feeds ............................................... 5-8
Yahoo! Keitai............................................. 5-3
Browsing/Viewing
Document Viewer ................................... 8-19
e-Books .................................................. 8-28
PC Site Browser ....................................... 5-4
S! Information Channel........................... 8-27
S! Quick News ........................................ 8-26
Yahoo! Keitai ............................................. 5-3
Calculating
Calculator ................................................. 8-9
Expenses Memo..................................... 8-10
Canceling
Alarm ........................................................ 8-8
Answer Phone .......................................... 3-3
Call Forwarding......................................... 3-9
Customized Screen ................................ 2-23
Download Dictionary............................... 2-12
Function Lock ......................................... 10-2
Hour Minder............................................ 8-18
IC Card Lock........................................... 8-12
Keypad Lock ........................................... 1-13
Large Font Menu ...................................... 2-2
Manner mode ......................................... 1-15
Offline Mode ........................................... 1-15
S! Familiar Usability ................................ 2-23
S! Information Channel........................... 8-27
Secret folders.................................2-27, 4-23
Simple Menu........................................... 1-11
Speed Dial entries .................................... 3-5
Voicemail .................................................. 3-9
Changing
Font Size................................................... 2-2
Font Weight .............................................. 2-2
Handset Code......................................... 1-16
Handset mail address............................... 4-3
Network Password .................................. 3-13
PIN & PIN2 ............................................. 10-4
Changing Ringtones
From Data Folder.................................... 2-27
Phone Book ............................................ 2-16
Ringtone/videos........................................ 2-6
Composing/Sending Messages
Feeling Mail .............................................. 4-5
From Call Log records ............................ 3-11
From Internet pages ............................... 5-10
From message text ................................. 4-12
From Phone Book................................... 2-26
Index
Measuring Time
Countdown Timer....................................8-16
Stopwatch ...............................................8-15
Notifying Phone Number
Opening My Details.................................1-14
Via Infrared..............................................11-4
Placing Calls
By entering phone numbers ......................3-2
From Call Log records.............................3-11
From Internet pages................................5-10
From message text..................................4-12
From Phone Book ...................................2-17
From scan results....................................8-35
International calls ......................................3-2
Speed Dial.................................................3-5
Video Calls ................................................3-4
While abroad .............................................3-3
Playing
Answer Phone messages/Caller Voice .....3-3
Files (Scan Barcode)...............................8-36
Music.........................................................7-4
Streams...................................................5-10
Video .........................................................7-6
Voice files ................................................8-21
Voicemail messages .................................3-9
Rejecting
Calls from public phones.........................3-13
Calls from specific numbers ....................3-13
Calls from unsaved numbers...................3-13
Calls with undisplayable Caller ID ...........3-13
Calls without Caller ID.............................3-13
Resetting/Formatting
All settings.............................................12-16
Handset.................................................12-16
Memory Card ..........................................2-22
Saving
Backup ....................................................11-7
Captured still images.................. 6-4, 6-6, 6-7
Draft messages .........................................4-8
Edited still images .....................................6-8
Files (Internet) ........................................ 5-10
Files (S! Information Channel pages)..... 8-38
Graphic Mail templates ............................ 4-6
Mail attachments .................................... 4-12
Notepad entries...................................... 8-20
Phone Book entries................................ 2-15
Recorded video ........................................ 6-5
Scan results .................................. 8-35, 8-36
Saving Phone Book Entries
Add New Entry ....................................... 2-15
From Call Log records............................ 3-11
From message text................................. 4-13
From received messages ....................... 4-13
From scan results................................... 8-36
Scanning
Business cards....................................... 8-24
QR Codes .............................................. 8-23
Text......................................................... 8-25
Searching
Messages...................................... 4-15, 4-23
Music to download ................................... 7-3
Music to play ............................................ 7-4
Notepad entries...................................... 8-34
Phone Book............................................ 2-17
Text (Internet pages) .............................. 5-10
Video to play............................................. 7-6
Web Search............................................ 2-14
Sending via Mail
Data Folder files .............................. 2-19, 4-5
Notepad entries...................................... 8-34
QR Codes .............................................. 8-23
Scan results ........................................... 8-36
Still images........................................ 6-4, 6-7
URLs ............................................... 5-9, 5-11
Video ........................................................ 6-5
Voice files ............................................... 8-34
Setting Wallpaper
From Data Folder ................................... 2-27
From Phone Settings................................ 2-4
From scan results................................... 8-35
Appendix
From received messages ........................4-11
From scan results....................................8-35
From sent messages...............................4-23
Graphic Mail...................................... 4-6, 4-9
PC Mail ...................................................4-21
S! Mail .......................................................4-4
SMS ..........................................................4-7
Copying
Calculation results...................................8-30
Data Folder files ......................................2-20
From text entry window ...........................2-11
Scan results ............................................8-36
Text (e-Books) .........................................8-38
Text (Internet pages) .................................5-9
Text (Messaging).....................................4-13
Text (S! Information Channel pages).......8-38
Exchanging Files
Infrared....................................................11-2
Mass Storage..........................................11-5
Hiding Files/Entries
Data Folder .............................................2-20
Messaging folders ...................................4-15
Phone Book ............................................2-16
Schedules/tasks......................................8-29
Inserting/Removing
Battery.....................................................13-4
Memory Card ..........................................2-21
USIM Card ..............................................13-3
Locking/Restricting
Application Lock ......................................10-3
Call Log...................................................10-3
Function Lock..........................................10-2
Incoming/outgoing calls ..........................3-13
Keypad Lock............................................1-13
Mail records ............................................10-3
Osaifu-Keitai® ..........................................8-12
PIN Entry.................................................10-2
Managing Schedules
Calendar ...................................................8-3
Tasks.........................................................8-5
13
13-35
Index
Showing in Standby
Clock/Calendar ....................................... 12-4
S! Applications........................................ 7-12
Standby Window....................................... 2-3
Wallpaper ................................................. 2-4
World Clock ............................................ 8-17
Using as Alarm Clock
Alarm ........................................................ 8-7
Hour Minder............................................ 8-18
Using Away from Home
Alarm ........................................................ 8-7
Camera..................................................... 6-2
Dictionary ............................................... 2-13
Hour Minder............................................ 8-18
Osaifu-Keitai® ......................................... 8-11
Pretense Call .......................................... 8-14
Search .................................................... 2-14
Voice Recorder ....................................... 8-21
Appendix
13
13-36
Warranty & Service
Warranty & Service
[ Warranty
Warranty is provided when you purchase handset.
. Check the name of distributor and date of purchase.
. Read contents and keep in a safe place.
. The warranty term is described in the warranty.
[ After-Sales Services
See P.13-6 "Troubleshooting" before contacting SoftBank for
service or repairs.
If you cannot find solutions or solve problems, contact SoftBank
Customer Center, Customer Assistance (P.13-38) in your
subscription area and provide a detailed description of the
problem.
For other services, contact the distributor, the nearest SoftBank
Shop or SoftBank Customer Center, General Information (P.13-38).
Replacement parts are available for 6 years after termination of
production.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from use of this
product.
. SoftBank is not liable for any damages resulting from accidental
loss/alteration of handset data. Keep a copy of Phone Book
entries, etc. in a separate place.
. Disassembling or modifying handset may violate the Radio Law.
Modified handset will not be repaired.
. Repairs within warranty are performed under terms and conditions
described.
. Out of warranty, possible repairs are performed upon request at
subscriber expense.
Appendix
13
13-37
Customer Service
Customer Service
For SoftBank handset or service information, call General Information. For repairs, call Customer Assistance.
SoftBank Customer Centers
SoftBank Global Call Center
From a SoftBank handset, dial toll free at 157
for General Information or 113 for Customer Assistance
From outside Japan, dial +81-3-5351-3491
(International charges apply.)
Call these numbers toll free from landlines.
Subscription Area
Hokkaido, Aomori, Akita, Iwate, Yamagata, Miyagi, Fukushima, Niigata, Tokyo,
Kanagawa, Chiba, Saitama, Ibaraki, Tochigi, Gunma, Yamanashi, Nagano,
Toyama, Ishikawa, Fukui
Appendix
Aichi, Gifu, Mie, Shizuoka
Phone Number
General Information
m0088-240-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-240-113
General Information
m0088-241-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-241-113
General Information
m0088-242-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-242-113
General Information
m0088-250-157
Customer Assistance
m0088-250-113
Osaka, Hyogo, Kyoto, Nara, Shiga, Wakayama
13
Hiroshima, Okayama, Yamaguchi, Tottori, Shimane, Tokushima, Kagawa, Ehime,
Kochi, Fukuoka, Saga, Nagasaki, Oita, Kumamoto, Miyazaki, Kagoshima, Okinawa
13-38
Service Center
SoftBank 830SH Instruction Guide
October 2008, First Edition
SOFTBANK MOBILE Corp.
For additional information, please visit a SoftBank Shop.
Model: SoftBank 830SH
Manufacturer: SHARP CORPORATION
Please help the mobile industry maintain high environmental standards. Recycle your old
handsets, batteries and charger units (all manufacturers and brands). Before you recycle,
please remember these important points:
. Handsets, batteries and chargers submitted for recycling cannot be returned.
. Always erase all data recorded on old handsets (Phone Book entries, call records, mail, etc.) before
recycling.
Mind your mobile manners when carrying a handset.

* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project